WO2020211767A1 - Method and apparatus for data transmission - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for data transmission Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020211767A1
WO2020211767A1 PCT/CN2020/084868 CN2020084868W WO2020211767A1 WO 2020211767 A1 WO2020211767 A1 WO 2020211767A1 CN 2020084868 W CN2020084868 W CN 2020084868W WO 2020211767 A1 WO2020211767 A1 WO 2020211767A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
resource set
frequency resource
frequency
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/084868
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘显达
刘鹍鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020211767A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020211767A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0016Time-frequency-code
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for data transmission.
  • coordinated multi-point (CoMP) technology utilizes multiple geographically separated networks
  • UE user equipment
  • phase tracking reference signal Phase tracking reference signal
  • the terminal device determines the demodulation of the physical downlink shared channel sent by different network devices based on the downlink control information (DCI) sent by multiple network devices (for example, network device #A and network device #B) respectively The location of the time-frequency resource collection of the data carried by the (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device needs to combine multiple DCIs after receiving multiple DCIs in order to accurately know the location of the time-frequency resource set of the data mapping carried by the PDSCHs scheduled by the multiple DCIs.
  • the carried time-frequency resource set indication information comprehensively judges the position of the time-frequency resource set of data mapping carried by each PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH 1 scheduled by DCI 1 needs to be judged according to the non-zero power (NZP) PTRS scheduled by DCI 2
  • NZP non-zero power
  • the present application provides a method and device for data transmission. By predetermining the time-frequency resource set that cannot map the data on the time-frequency resource set carrying data, it prevents the terminal device from determining the time-frequency that cannot map the data based on multiple DCIs Collection of resources to improve data reception performance.
  • a method for data transmission including: determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one first data Second data, the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set, wherein the first time-frequency resource set It is used to carry the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively, wherein the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data, and the At least one second PTRS is respectively used to demodulate the at least one second data; to send the first data and the at least one second data.
  • the time-frequency resource carrying the second PTRS may be a subset of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the time-frequency resource actually carrying the second PTRS is determined according to the indication information of the DCI for scheduling the second data.
  • the indication information will select one of the time-frequency resources of a plurality of candidate second PTRSs, and the second time-frequency resource includes the DCI The indicated time-frequency resources of multiple candidate second PTRSs.
  • the network device determines the time-frequency resource set of the PTRS respectively used for mapping multiple data, and determines not to map data on the time-frequency resource set of the mapped PTRS.
  • first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  • the set of time-frequency resources performs rate matching; in other words, the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource are rate-matching resources of the first data, and the base station sends the first data according to the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource.
  • the location of the frequency resource performs rate matching, and the terminal device receives the first data according to the location of the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource.
  • remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
  • the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the DCI that schedules the data; or, the remaining time-frequency resource set is determined directly according to the DCI that schedules the data.
  • the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the first DCI for scheduling the first data, or the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource indicated by the second DCI for scheduling the second data.
  • the resource location is determined.
  • the first data and the at least one second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the at least one second data are different codewords ; In other words, the first data and the at least one second data are different transmission blocks (transmission block, TB); in other words, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different transmission layers;
  • the spatial filtering information of at least one second data is different; in other words, the first data and at least one second data occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first data and at least one second data occupy the same bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP).
  • the method further includes: sending first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is used for scheduling respectively The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
  • a network device in order to schedule multiple data, needs to send multiple DCIs to a terminal device that receives the multiple data.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes of the scrambling are different; in other words, the HARQ process group of the hybrid automatic repeat request process (HARQ process) indicated by the first DCI and the HARQ process group of the HARQ process indicated by the second DCI are different ; In other words
  • the determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword includes: determining the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information A set of time-frequency resources, wherein the time-domain density of the first set of time-frequency resources is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, wherein the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration
  • the configuration information directly indicates the size of the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is the
  • the pre-configuration information indicates; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the sub-carriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set
  • the time domain starting position of the data; the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second MCS, wherein the second MCS Is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of second RBs , Wherein the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates the first
  • the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The associated DMRS port number, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the
  • the MCS corresponding to the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the MCS indicated by the DCI that schedules the first data.
  • the MCS indicated by the DCI is used to determine the modulation and coding scheme of the first data, and at the same time, the MCS is used to determine The time domain density of the first PTRS of the first data.
  • the MCS can also be used to determine the second time-frequency resource set at the same time, or in other words, to determine the time-domain density of the second PTRS of the second data to deduce the second time-frequency resource set; or, according to the MCS
  • the second time-frequency resource set is determined by the offset value of one MCS number, or in other words, the time-domain density of the second PTRS used to determine the second data and then the second time-frequency resource set is deduced.
  • the offset value can be configured through higher layer signaling.
  • the determination of the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set based on the first MCS referred to in this application refers to determining the time-domain density of the time-frequency resource set according to the first transmission capability value reported by the first MCS and the terminal device .
  • the first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; in the same way, the aforementioned determination of the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second MCS refers to The second MCS and the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device determine the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the number of the first resource block RB, which refers to determining the time-frequency resource set according to the second transmission capability value reported by the first RB and the terminal device The frequency domain density.
  • the second transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; similarly, the above-mentioned determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second RB refers to The second RB and the fourth transmission capability value reported by the terminal device determine the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the fourth transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
  • the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set in this application because it can be based on the DMRS associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the port number determines the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; similarly, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, This is because the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB can be determined according to the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the determination of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application further includes: determining the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, specifically, in terms of the first data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set The RBs occupied by the first data scheduled for the first DCI described above, for the second data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set are occupied by the second data scheduled for the second DCI described above RB; for the same reason, the determination of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application also includes: determining the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, in the first data, the second time-frequency resource set occupied The RB is the RB occupied by the first data scheduled by the first DCI described above. For the second data, the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set is the second data occupied by the second DCI schedule described above. RB.
  • the network device can determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the method further includes: sending high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second Time-frequency resource collection.
  • the network device after determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set, can send high-level signaling to the terminal device to indicate the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: determining the first demodulation of the first data according to the first DCI Reference signal DMRS port number; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number At least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003 is included, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even-numbered subcarrier in each RB A preset subcarrier; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers
  • the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the first DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or, the second time-frequency resource set is located in each RB
  • the subcarrier numbered internally is 1; or the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered in each RB 2 subcarriers.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier in each RB with an odd number of subcarriers, including: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier with a number 1 in each RB Sub-carrier; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even number of sub-carriers in each RB and a preset sub-carrier includes: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a sub-carrier number in each RB 0; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource set is located at every RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
  • the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set may be any one of the multiple subcarriers in one RB
  • the number of the multiple subcarriers is generally selected The smallest subcarrier is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: determining a second demodulation reference corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI Signal DMRS port number; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes port At least one of the numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the first time-frequency resource set is preset in each RB that occupies an even-numbered subcarrier If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001,
  • the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies an odd-numbered subcarrier preset for a subcarrier includes: the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies the number of 1 subcarrier Sub-carrier; or, the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies an even number of sub-carriers in the sub-carrier preset includes: the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupation number is 0; the first set of time-frequency resources occupies one of the preset subcarriers except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the first set of time-frequency resources is located in each RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB including: the first time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
  • the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the second DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the second DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined.
  • the first DCI includes a first field
  • the second DCI includes a second field
  • the first field or the second field is used to indicate The positional relationship of the set of time-frequency resources occupied by the first data and the second data, where the positional relationship includes at least one of the following: the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap ; The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  • a network device can add a field in the DCI that indicates the location relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
  • the location relationship used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes: if the first data and the second data occupy the Time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency of the first time-frequency resource set The domain density is based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the second time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density is equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or, the position relationship is used to determine the first time-frequency resource set
  • the frequency domain density includes: if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set
  • the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • a method for data transmission including: determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one first data Second data, the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set, wherein the first time-frequency resource set Is used to carry the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively, where the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data, and the At least one second PTRS is respectively used to demodulate at least one second data; to receive the first data and the at least one second data.
  • the time-frequency resource carrying the second PTRS may be a subset of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the time-frequency resource actually carrying the second PTRS is determined according to the indication information of the DCI for scheduling the second data.
  • the indication information will select one of the time-frequency resources of a plurality of candidate second PTRSs, and the second time-frequency resource includes the DCI The indicated time-frequency resources of multiple candidate second PTRSs.
  • the terminal device determines the time-frequency resource set mapped to the PTRS corresponding to the multiple data, and determines not to demodulate the data on the time-frequency resource set mapped to the PTRS.
  • first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the resource set performs rate matching; in other words, the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource are rate-matching resources for the first data, and the base station sends the first data according to the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource Rate matching is performed at the location of, and the terminal device receives the first data according to the location of the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource.
  • remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
  • the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the DCI that schedules the data; or, the remaining time-frequency resource set is determined directly according to the DCI that schedules the data.
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data and the second data
  • the second data occupies the same carrier; in other words, the first data and the second data occupies the same BWP.
  • the method further includes: receiving the first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is used for scheduling respectively The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
  • a terminal device in order to demodulate multiple data, a terminal device needs to receive multiple DCIs corresponding to the multiple data respectively.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • the determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword includes: determining the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information A set of time-frequency resources, wherein the time-domain density of the first set of time-frequency resources is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, wherein the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration
  • the configuration information directly indicates the size of the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is the
  • the pre-configuration information indicates; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the sub-carriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set
  • the time domain starting position of the data; the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second MCS, wherein the second MCS Is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of second RBs , Wherein the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates the first
  • the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The associated DMRS port number, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the
  • the determination of the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set based on the first MCS referred to in this application refers to the determination of the time-domain density of the time-frequency resource set according to the first MCS and the known first transmission capability value of the terminal device .
  • the first transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; in the same way, the aforementioned determination of the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second MCS refers to The second MCS and the terminal device know the third transmission capability value to determine the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the third transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the number of the first resource block RB, which refers to determining the time-frequency resource set according to the first RB and the known second transmission capability value of the terminal device The frequency domain density.
  • the second transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; similarly, the above-mentioned determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second RB refers to The second RB and the terminal device know the fourth transmission capability value to determine the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set. Wherein, the terminal device knows the fourth transmission capability value to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
  • the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set in this application because it can be based on the DMRS associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the port number determines the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; similarly, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, This is because the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB can be determined according to the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the determination of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application further includes: determining the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, specifically, in terms of the first data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set The RBs occupied by the first data scheduled for the first DCI described above, for the second data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set are occupied by the second data scheduled for the second DCI described above RB; for the same reason, the determination of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application also includes: determining the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, in the first data, the second time-frequency resource set occupied The RB is the RB occupied by the first data scheduled by the first DCI described above. For the second data, the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set is the second data occupied by the second DCI schedule described above. RB.
  • the terminal device can determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the method further includes: receiving high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second Time-frequency resource collection.
  • the terminal device can receive high-level signaling sent by the network device, and based on the high-level signaling, after determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: determining the first demodulation of the first data according to the first DCI Reference signal DMRS port number; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number At least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003 is included, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even-numbered subcarrier in each RB A preset subcarrier; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port
  • the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
  • the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the first DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or, the second time-frequency resource set is located in each RB The subcarrier numbered 1 is internally occupied; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 02 in each RB.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier in each RB with an odd number of subcarriers, including: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier with a number 1 in each RB Sub-carrier; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even number of sub-carriers in each RB and a preset sub-carrier includes: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a sub-carrier number in each RB 0; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource set is located at every RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
  • the number of the multiple subcarriers is generally selected The smallest subcarrier is used as the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, and the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: determining a second demodulation reference corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI Signal DMRS port number; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes port At least one of the numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the first time-frequency resource set is preset in each RB that occupies an even-numbered subcarrier If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001,
  • the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the second DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the second DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined.
  • the first DCI includes a first field
  • the second DCI includes a second field
  • the first field and/or the second field are used
  • the position relationship includes at least one of the following: time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data Completely overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  • the DCI received by the terminal device includes a field indicating the positional relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data.
  • the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit.
  • the time unit is a slot, or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or code division multiple access (code division multiple access). division multiple access, CDMA) symbol.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA division multiple access
  • the OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and the second data overlap.
  • the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • a method for data transmission including: determining a second time-frequency resource set, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding mode MCS, The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset number of resource block RBs; the first time-frequency resource set is determined, and the first time-frequency resource set is used to map the phase tracking reference signal PTRS, and the PTRS is used In demodulating the first data; sending the first data, wherein the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first data A set of time-frequency resources and a set of time-frequency resources other than the second set of time-frequency resources.
  • the above-mentioned first data is not mapped between the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set and may also be described as: the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the resource collection performs rate matching.
  • remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data; or it can be understood as the remaining time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data.
  • the network device determines that the first data cannot be mapped on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data based on the preset modulation and coding mode MCS and the preset number of resource blocks RB before sending data.
  • a second set of time-frequency resources for data, and a first set of time-frequency resources that cannot be mapped to the first data on the set of time-frequency resources that carry the first data, and the first set of time-frequency resources can be used for mapping, demodulating, and A set of frequency resources of the PTRS of the data, after determining that the first set of time-frequency resources and the second set of time-frequency resources that cannot map the first data on the set of time-frequency resources carrying the first data, the network device sends the first data. That is to say, the network device can determine the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the preset number of RBs before sending data, so as to improve the performance of sending data.
  • the method further includes: determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determining the time of the second time-frequency resource set The starting position of the domain.
  • the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second data.
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
  • the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS can be understood as part of the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS; or it can also be understood as the second time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets of are used to carry the second PTRS.
  • the network device to determine the second time-frequency resource set also needs to determine the frequency domain position and the time domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the frequency domain position is understood as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB, so that the second time-frequency resource set can be accurately determined.
  • the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is not later than the time domain start position of the first data.
  • the determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB includes: directly determining that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Or, determining the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port number indicates the sub-carrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB.
  • determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set specifically includes determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set according to the first DMRS port number in the DCI where the first data is scheduled.
  • the first DMRS is the DMRS port number of the first data
  • the first DMRS port number is different from the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, different CDM groups are occupied.
  • the second DMRS port number is different from the first DMRS port number according to the second DMRS port number in the DCI where the first data is scheduled.
  • the network device when determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set, may directly specify which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB Or, indirectly indicate which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB. For example, by indicating the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, and determining which sub-carriers the second time-frequency resource occupies in each RB according to the correspondence between the DMRS port number predefined in the protocol and the subcarriers in one RB , To provide a flexible selection scheme for determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: a first subcarrier, wherein the first subcarrier in one RB The carrier is different from the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data.
  • the network device determining which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB may be occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data in one RB.
  • One of the subcarriers other than the subcarriers is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS that demodulates the first data needs to be determined can determine the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set .
  • the DMRS used to demodulate the first data may be referred to as the first DMRS.
  • the port number of the first DMRS is determined based on the first downlink control information DCI. That is to say, in some implementations of the third aspect, the above method further includes: sending a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is used to indicate the first DMRS port number.
  • the first subcarrier includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001 One, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number within an RB, wherein the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS used to demodulate the first data; if The first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, and the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB; If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 If the first DMRS is of the second type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first The
  • the port numbers 1000, 1001, 1004, 1005 of the first type of DMRS belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers of the first type DMRS 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 belong to CDM group 1; the port number of the second type of DMRS 1000, 1001, 1006, 1007 belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1008, 1009 of the second type of DMRS belong to CDM group 1, and the port numbers of the second type DMRS 1004, 1005, 1010, 1011 belong to the CDM group 2.
  • which subcarrier within an RB is specifically the first subcarrier can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS needs to be determined.
  • the port number can then determine the above-mentioned first subcarrier.
  • the number of the first subcarrier is 0; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 1; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 2. .
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset among odd-numbered subcarriers in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier When it is a subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
  • the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
  • the subcarrier with the smallest number among the multiple subcarriers is generally selected as the For the first subcarrier, the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the first subcarrier.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number The first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data is different.
  • the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups, that is, the network device determines that the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set may be demodulated.
  • Port numbers other than the first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS of the first data are used as the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined to determine the second time-frequency resource set associated DMRS port number.
  • the second DMRS port number includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes port numbers 1000 and 1001 If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003; The second DMRS port number is 1000; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005; if The first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the second DMRS port number is 1000.
  • the second DMRS port number is specifically which port number in a CDM group can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined.
  • a DMRS port number can determine the above-mentioned second DMRS port number.
  • the method further includes: sending high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the second set of time-frequency resources.
  • the network device can notify the terminal device receiving the first data through high-layer signaling, so that the terminal device can determine that it is not in the first data set. Demodulate the first data on the second time-frequency resource set.
  • a method for data transmission including: determining a second time-frequency resource set, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding mode MCS, The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset number of resource block RBs; the first time-frequency resource set is determined, the first time-frequency resource set is used for mapping PTRS, and the PTRS is used for demodulating the first data Receiving the first data, wherein the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and A set of time-frequency resources other than the second set of time-frequency resources.
  • the aforementioned first data is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set can also be described as: the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • Frequency resource collection for rate matching can also be described as: the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data; or it can be understood as the remaining time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data.
  • the terminal device determines that the first data cannot be mapped on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data based on the preset modulation and coding scheme MCS and the preset number of resource blocks RB before receiving the data.
  • a second set of time-frequency resources for data, and a first set of time-frequency resources that cannot be mapped to the first data on the set of time-frequency resources that carry the first data, and the first set of time-frequency resources is used for mapping and demodulating the first data
  • the network device sends the first data after determining that the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set that cannot map the first data on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data. That is to say, the terminal device can determine the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the preset number of RBs when receiving the first data, thereby improving the performance of receiving data.
  • the method further includes: determining the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determining the time of the second time-frequency resource set The starting position of the domain.
  • the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second data.
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
  • the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS can be understood as part of the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS; or it can also be understood as the second time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets of are used to carry the second PTRS.
  • the terminal device also needs to determine the frequency domain position and the time domain position of the second time-frequency resource set when determining the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the frequency domain position is understood as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB, so that the second time-frequency resource set can be accurately determined.
  • the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is not later than the time domain start position of the first data.
  • the determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB includes: directly determining that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Or, determining the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port number indicates the sub-carrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB.
  • the terminal device when determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set, may directly determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB Or, indirectly determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB. For example, by determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, the DMRS port number is used to determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB, in order to determine the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set The location provides flexible options.
  • the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: the first subcarrier, wherein the first subcarrier in one RB The carrier is different from the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data.
  • the terminal device determining which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB may be occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data in one RB.
  • One of the subcarriers other than the subcarriers is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS that demodulates the first data needs to be determined can determine the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set .
  • the first subcarrier includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001 One, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number within an RB, wherein the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS used to demodulate the first data; if The first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, and the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB; If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 If the first DMRS is of the second type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first The
  • the port numbers 1000, 1001, 1004, 1005 of the first type of DMRS belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers of the first type DMRS 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 belong to CDM group 1; the port number of the second type of DMRS 1000, 1001, 1006, 1007 belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1008, 1009 of the second type of DMRS belong to CDM group 1, and the port numbers of the second type DMRS 1004, 1005, 1010, 1011 belong to the CDM group 2.
  • which subcarrier within an RB is specifically the first subcarrier can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS needs to be determined.
  • the port number can then determine the above-mentioned first subcarrier.
  • the number of the first subcarrier is 0; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 1; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 2. .
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset among odd-numbered subcarriers in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB
  • the first subcarrier When it is a subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
  • the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
  • the subcarrier with the smallest number among the multiple subcarriers is generally selected as the For the first subcarrier, the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the first subcarrier.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number The first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data is different.
  • the terminal device device determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set may be the first DMRS corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data in a CDM group Port numbers other than the port number are used as the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the first DMRS port number in one CDM group needs to be determined to determine the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the second DMRS port number includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes port numbers 1000 and 1001 If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003; The second DMRS port number is 1000; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005; if The first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the second DMRS port number is 1000.
  • the second DMRS port number is specifically which port number in a CDM group can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined.
  • a DMRS port number can determine the above-mentioned second DMRS port number.
  • the method further includes: receiving first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule the first data; and the first DCI Used to indicate the first DMRS port number.
  • the terminal device before demodulating the first data, the terminal device will receive the first DCI issued by the network device for scheduling the first data, and the first DCI can indicate the aforementioned The first DMRS port number.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; in other words, the transmission
  • the method further includes: receiving high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the terminal device may also determine not to demodulate on the second time-frequency resource set after receiving the high-level signaling indicating the second time-frequency resource set sent by the network device The first data.
  • a method for data transmission including: sending first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is respectively used to schedule at least one second data,
  • the first DCI is used to schedule first data;
  • the first DCI includes a first field,
  • the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the second field is used to indicate the The positional relationship of the set of time-frequency resources occupied by the first data and the second data, where the positional relationship includes at least one of the following: the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap ;
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
  • the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
  • a network device can add a field in the DCI that indicates the location relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
  • the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; if the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or the frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on The frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set Equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain of the first time-frequency resource set Density; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set
  • the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to parse the second data;
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to parse the first data.
  • the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • a method for data transmission including: receiving first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, the at least one second DCI corresponds to at least one second data in a one-to-one correspondence, wherein, The first DCI is used to demodulate first data, and the second DCI is used to demodulate corresponding second data; the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the The first field or the second field is used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following: first data and second data The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied respectively completely overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied respectively by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or frequency domain resources do not overlap.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
  • the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
  • the DCI received by the terminal device is added with a field indicating the positional relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
  • the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; if the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or the frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on The frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set Equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain of the first time-frequency resource set Density; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource
  • the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to parse the second data;
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to parse the first data.
  • the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • a device for data transmission is provided.
  • the device can be used to implement the first, third, fifth and any possible implementation manners of the first, third, and fifth aspects
  • the device for data transmission includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first, third, and fifth aspects above.
  • the means may be the first, third, and fifth aspects.
  • a device for data transmission is provided.
  • the device can be used to perform any of the second, fourth, sixth, and second, fourth, and sixth aspects.
  • the device for data transmission may include means for performing the steps or functions described in the second, fourth, and sixth aspects above.
  • the means may be the second, fourth, The sixth aspect of the terminal device or the internal chip of the terminal device or the terminal device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a device for data transmission including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the transceiver is used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device for data transmission executes any one of the first to sixth aspects. The method used for data transmission in the implementation mode.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a system in a tenth aspect, includes the apparatus for data transmission provided in the seventh and eighth aspects.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute any of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first to sixth aspects above Any one of the possible implementation methods.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • a chip system including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes The method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing first to sixth aspects.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of receiving downlink control information by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of multiple network devices sending multiple downlink control information.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of specific embodiment one provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the device 10 for data transmission proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the device 30 for data transmission proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 40 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device. It should be understood that the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BaseBand Unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (Access Point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , The gNB in the system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements part of the functions of gNB
  • DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be provided according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • magnetic storage devices for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.
  • optical disks for example, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs) Etc.
  • smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Fig. 1 is a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 shown in FIG. 1. Both the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 130 through a wireless air interface.
  • the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • the wireless communication system 100 further includes one or more user equipment (UE) 130 located within the coverage area of the first network device 110 and the second network device 120.
  • the terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed.
  • the terminal device 130 may communicate with one or more core networks (core networks) via a radio access network (RAN).
  • core networks core networks
  • RAN radio access network
  • the wireless communication system 100 can support coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple transmission points (serving transmission reception points, serving TRP) can cooperate to communicate to the same time-frequency resource set.
  • the terminal device sends data or sends data to the same terminal device on partially overlapping time-frequency resource sets or sends data to the same terminal device on different time-frequency resource sets.
  • the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
  • the terminal device 130 in the wireless communication system 100 can support multipoint transmission, that is, the terminal device 130 can communicate with the first network device 110 or the second network device 120, where the first network device 110 can serve as Serving network equipment.
  • Serving network equipment refers to the provision of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management and security input for terminal equipment through the wireless air interface protocol Service network equipment.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first network device may be a serving network device, and the second network device may be a cooperative network device; or, the first network device may be a cooperative network device and the second network device may be a serving network device.
  • the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the terminal device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, the serving network device and the cooperative network device Data can be sent to the terminal device at the same time, or the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the terminal device at the same time, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the terminal device at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
  • the number of the second network device can be one or more, and the number of the second network device and the first network device are different quasi- co-location, QCL) network equipment.
  • the antenna port QCL is defined as the signal sent from the antenna port of the QCL will undergo the same large-scale fading. Large-scale fading includes delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average channel gain, and average delay. .
  • both the first network device and the second network device may be serving network devices.
  • the first network device and the second network device are both serving network devices in respective cells.
  • the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to the same network device with non-QCL antenna ports. That is, the network device can be configured with different antenna panels, the antenna ports belonging to different antenna panels in the same network device may be non-QCL, and the corresponding cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource configuration may also be possible Is different.
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • the downlink resources of the system are divided into multiple orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDM) symbols in terms of time.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in the downlink usually occupies the first two or the first three OFDM symbols in a subframe.
  • the PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
  • the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device carries terminal device-specific resource allocation control information and terminal device-specific control information or other control information shared by the cell.
  • the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the uplink of the system is used to carry the uplink transmission data, and the discrete Fourier transform is usually used to extend the orthogonal frequency division multiple access (discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiple access). frequency division multiple (DFT-S-OFDM) generates frequency domain signals.
  • a slot usually includes 14 OFDM symbols.
  • the size of a physical resource block (PRB) is also defined in the system.
  • a PRB includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and a certain subcarrier in a certain OFDM symbol is called a resource element (RE).
  • the PRB may be referred to as a resource block (resource block, RB).
  • Each codeword corresponds to a set of bits among them, Is the number of bits of the codeword transmitted in the physical downlink shared channel, after the following scrambling operations:
  • the scrambled codeword will use the modulation method shown in Table 1 to obtain a set of complex-valued modulation symbols:
  • Modulation scheme Modulation order QPSK 2 16QAM 4 64QAM 6 256QAM 8
  • the quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) in Table 1 is a digital modulation method. It is divided into absolute phase shift and relative phase shift. Since the absolute phase shift method has a phase ambiguity problem, the relative phase shift method is mainly used in practice. It has been widely used in wireless communications and has become a very important modulation and demodulation method in modern communications.
  • 16 Quadrature amplitude modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM), 64QAM and 256QAM.
  • quadrature amplitude modulation is a digital modulation method.
  • 16QAM refers to a QAM modulation method that contains 16 kinds of symbols;
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • media access control media access control
  • the data processed at the physical layer is a protocol data unit (PDU) of the MAC layer, that is, a data stream.
  • the data stream from the upper layer is called codeword after channel coding. Different codewords distinguish different data streams. Since the number of codewords is inconsistent with the number of transmitting antennas, the codewords can be mapped to different transmitting antennas, so layer mapping and precoding are required. Among them, layer mapping can be understood as remapping codewords to multiple layers according to certain rules; precoding can be understood as mapping data mapped to multiple layers to different antenna ports.
  • the network device encodes the data to obtain codewords, maps the codewords to layers, and then maps the data mapped to multiple layers to antenna ports, sends data to the terminal device through the corresponding antenna port, and sends the solution through the corresponding antenna port Modulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), so that the terminal device can demodulate the received data according to the DMRS to obtain the original data.
  • modulation reference signal demodulation reference signal
  • the antenna port can be understood as a transmitting antenna that can be recognized by the receiving end device, or a transmitting antenna that can be received separately in space.
  • the antenna port can be understood as a virtual antenna port, that is, it is not connected to a certain one.
  • the physical antennas directly correspond, but are formed after multiple physical antennas are virtualized.
  • the antenna port may be defined according to the reference signal (or pilot signal, for example, DMRS or CRS, etc.) associated with the antenna port.
  • different antenna ports correspond to different types of reference signals. Different antenna ports may also correspond to the same type of reference signal.
  • antenna port is a concept of space, that is, reference signals corresponding to different antenna ports on the same time-frequency resource are distinguished by spatial orthogonality.
  • An antenna port can be a physical antenna on the transmitting end device, or a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas on the transmitting end device.
  • one antenna port corresponds to one reference signal port.
  • the modulation symbols after the above modulation are mapped to one or more layers according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 2.
  • NR supports a maximum of 8 layers of downlink data transmission at this stage, where each codeword supports a maximum of 4 layers of downlink transmission, and each codeword corresponds to its own independent modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme).
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the DCI contains the MCS field corresponding to each codeword, and this field indicates the modulation mode, target code rate and spectral efficiency information.
  • Antenna port When the data that needs to be transmitted is mapped to the resource element (resource element, RE) in the PRB, the network devices and terminal devices that need to transmit the data follow the following rules:
  • the RE in the corresponding PRB is not used to transmit the DMRS corresponding to the data and the DMRS of other co-scheduled terminal devices, where the DMRS is used for channel estimation in the data demodulation process;
  • phase tracking reference signal phase tracking reference signal
  • PTRS phase tracking reference signal
  • PNC phase noise compensation
  • CPE common phase error
  • ICI inter-carrier interference
  • the network equipment indicates data scheduling information through DCI, including:
  • the indication method is resource block orthogonal frequency division multiple access (resource block orthogonal frequency division multiple, RB -OFDM) symbol granularity bitmap, that is, whether each bit corresponds to a specific RB-OFDM symbol to map data;
  • each orthogonal DMRS port corresponds to a specific port number to support multi-terminal device paired transmission (each The terminal equipment respectively occupies different orthogonal DMRS ports), the number of DMRS ports corresponds to the number of data transmission layers, that is, each layer of data corresponds to a DMRS port for channel estimation.
  • the first DMRS type supports up to 8 orthogonal DMRS ports.
  • the second DMRS type supports up to 12 orthogonal DMRS ports.
  • each codeword can correspond to an independent modulation coding scheme (Modulation coding scheme, MCS), redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV), new data transmission indication (New Data indication) ).
  • MCS Modulation coding scheme
  • RV redundancy version
  • New Data indication new data transmission indication
  • the PTRS sent by the network device is only mapped in the RB occupied by the PDSCH, that is, the PTRS is sent only when data is scheduled.
  • the method for mapping the PTRS to physical resources in the time-frequency domain includes:
  • the time domain start position refers to the time domain start position of the PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH and the channel state information reference signal (channel state information PTRS is not mapped on the RE occupied by reference signal (CSI-RS).
  • CSI-RS reference signal
  • the time domain density is determined based on the indication value of the MCS field in the DCI scheduling the PDSCH, as shown in Table 3 below, where ptrs-MCS1, ptrs-MCS2, ptrs-MCS3, and ptrs-MCS4 are the threshold values reported by the terminal device.
  • the MCS values shown in Table 3 are within different MCS threshold ranges, which can be referred to as different MCS levels.
  • MCS level 1 when I MCS ⁇ ptrs-MCS1, it is called MCS level 1, and when ptrs-MCS1 ⁇ I MCS ⁇ ptrs-MCS2, it is called MCS level 2, and when ptrs-MCS2 ⁇ I MCS ⁇ ptrs-MCS3, it is called MCS level. 3.
  • MCS level corresponds to the time domain density of PTRS one-to-one.
  • the frequency domain density is determined based on the number of RBs N RB indicated by the frequency domain resource allocation field in the DCI scheduling the PDSCH, as shown in Table 4. Among them, N RB0 and N RB1 are thresholds reported by the terminal device.
  • K PT-RS Number of RB Frequency domain density (K PT-RS ) N RB ⁇ N RB0 PTRS does not exist N RB0 ⁇ N RB ⁇ N RB1 2 N RB1 ⁇ N RB 4
  • the number of RBs shown in Table 4 is within different RB number threshold ranges, which can be referred to as different RB number levels.
  • RB number level 1 when N RB ⁇ N RB0 , it is called RB number level 1, and when N RB0 ⁇ N RB ⁇ N RB1 , it is called RB number level 2, and when N RB1 ⁇ N RB , it is called RB number level 3.
  • the RB number level corresponds to the frequency domain density of the PTRS one to one.
  • frequency domain density 2 means every 2 RB has an RE occupied by PTRS.
  • k is the sub-carrier position occupied by PTRS, where Is the sub-carrier offset occupied in one RB, Determine according to Table 5.
  • the frequency domain position of the PTRS is associated with the DMRS with the smallest port number among the DMRS ports indicated in the DCI by default, and is determined according to the associated DMRS port number and the RE offset (resource element offset) configured by high-level signaling
  • N RB is the number of RBs indicated in the DCI
  • n RNTI is the sequence value used for scheduling the DCI of the PDSCH.
  • the frequency domain resources of the PTRS will dynamically change according to the number of scheduled RBs and the DMRS port indication.
  • the terminal device can communicate with multiple network devices at the same time, that is, the terminal device receives data from multiple network devices at the same time.
  • This transmission mode is called CoMP for multi-site cooperative transmission.
  • the multiple network devices form a cooperating set to communicate with the terminal device at the same time.
  • the network devices in the cooperating set can each connect to different control nodes, and each control node can exchange information, such as interactive scheduling policy information to achieve cooperative transmission Or, the network devices in the cooperating set are all connected to the same control node, and the control node receives the channel state information (such as channel state information (CSI) or CSI) reported by the terminal device collected by the network devices in the cooperating set Reference signal received power (RSRP), and perform unified scheduling on the terminal devices in the cooperating set according to the channel state information of all terminal devices in the cooperating set, and then interact the scheduling policy to the network devices connected to it, and then Each network device notifies each terminal device through the DCI signaling carried by the PDCCH.
  • the CoMP transmission mode includes:
  • DPS Dynamic Point Switching
  • Coherent joint transmission Multiple network devices transmit data for a terminal device at the same time, and the antennas of multiple network devices perform joint precoding, that is, select the optimal precoding matrix for multiple network device antennas Joint phase and amplitude weighting. This mechanism requires the phase calibration of the antennas of multiple network devices so that the multiple groups of antennas can perform accurate phase weighting;
  • Non-coherent joint transmission Multiple network devices transmit data for a terminal device at the same time, and the antennas of multiple network devices are independently precoded, that is, each network device independently selects the optimal precoding matrix Perform joint phase and amplitude weighting between the antennas of the network device. This mechanism does not require the antennas of multiple network devices to perform phase calibration.
  • CoMP transmission can be divided into ideal backhaul (IB) and non-ideal backhaul (NIB).
  • IB ideal backhaul
  • NB non-ideal backhaul
  • serving transmission point serving transmission reception point, serving TRP
  • serving cell serving cell
  • serving network device The role of the service network device is to make data communication scheduling decisions for the terminal device, and to perform MAC layer and physical layer communication with the terminal device.
  • the serving network device determines the PDCCH and PUSCH or PDSCH time-frequency resource set of the terminal device according to the scheduling decision, and sends DCI signaling in the PDCCH, and sends data, reference signal (RS), etc. in the PUSCH or PDSCH. Wait.
  • RS reference signal
  • the remaining network equipment is called coordinate transmission reception point (coordinate TRP), or coordinate cell (coordinate cell), cooperative network equipment.
  • the role of the cooperative network device is to perform physical layer communication with the terminal device according to the scheduling decision of the serving network device. For example, the cooperative network device sends DCI signaling in PDCCH, sends data in PUSCH or PDSCH, sends RS, etc. according to the scheduling decision of the serving network device.
  • the scheduling instruction of the serving network device supports one DCI transmission, as shown in Figure 2 (a), which is a schematic diagram of the terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application receiving downlink control information.
  • the schematic diagram includes the service network equipment TRP#1, the cooperation network equipment TRP#2, and the terminal equipment supporting CoMP.
  • TRP#1 is used as the serving network device to make the scheduling decision of the terminal device and uses 1 DCI to send the scheduling instruction.
  • the DCI may indicate to schedule TRP#1 or TRP#2 for data transmission; it may also indicate to schedule TRP#1 and TRP#2 for data transmission at the same time.
  • the DCI will carry the scheduling information of two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 2(a)).
  • DMRS ports need to be grouped. Each group of DMRS ports corresponds to a codeword.
  • the grouping principle belongs to different DMRS groups according to different code division multiplexing (CDM). As shown in Table 5, DMRS port 1000 , 1001 is the same CDM group and can be used as a DMRS group; DMRS ports 1002 and 1003 are the same CDM group and can be used as another DMRS group. Since it is difficult to perform frequency offset calibration between different TRPs, different TRPs need to be configured with different PTRS, that is, each DMRS group corresponds to one PTRS. Each PTRS determines the time-frequency resource set according to its respective configuration.
  • each codeword corresponds to its own DMRS port, different codewords correspond to different DMRS ports, and the DMRS ports corresponding to different codewords belong to different code division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group, DMRS ports of different CDM groups occupy different subcarriers in each RB, and DMRS ports of the same CDM group occupy the same subcarriers in each RB.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • Different TRPs may have different QCL hypotheses, and the QCL hypotheses of the DMRS port can be notified by different TRPs respectively.
  • the scheduling instructions of the serving network device also support two DCI transmissions, as shown in Figure 2(b), which includes the serving network device TRP#1, the cooperative network device TRP#2, and the terminal that supports CoMP equipment.
  • two DCIs can be sent by two network devices (TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 2(b)) respectively, and the two DCIs respectively carry PDSCH#1 and PDSCH# transmitted by two TRPs.
  • the scheduling information of 2 that is, the two DCIs respectively carry the position of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the two PDSCHs, the associated DMRS port number, the number of DMRS ports, the MCS, etc., which increases the flexibility of scheduling.
  • the interaction delay is 2-5ms, and may even reach 30ms.
  • the framework of the central control node controlling multiple cooperative network devices is still adopted, the scheduling information will become invalid due to the interaction delay, which will affect the performance of the entire system. Therefore, in this scenario, a mechanism for multiple coordinated network devices to independently schedule the data and RS of the terminal device is introduced. At this time, it is necessary to support each coordinated network device to independently indicate DCI. Multiple coordinated network devices will determine what to do according to their own scheduling strategy. Dispatch the terminal device at time.
  • each DCI schedules at least one codeword separately, and each codeword corresponds to an independent MCS indication and corresponds to a different DMRS group. At this time, each DCI corresponds to an independent PTRS port.
  • the DMRS port corresponding to each DCI or each codeword belongs to a different CDM group at this time, the DMRS port corresponding to each DCI or each codeword is frequency division orthogonal. According to Table 5, it can be seen that the PTRS ports associated with the respective DMRS occupy different subcarriers, so the PTRS ports are also frequency-division orthogonal.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of multiple network devices sending multiple downlink control information.
  • the schematic diagram includes TRP#1, TRP#2, PDSCH#1, and PDSCH#2.
  • two network devices respectively send their respective PDSCHs to carry their respective codewords (different layers of data), and simultaneously send their respective PTRSs.
  • the PTRS and the data of each layer are orthogonal, which means that the time-frequency resource set occupied by multiple PTRS ports is not mapped with different codewords (each layer data).
  • TRP#1 and TRP#2 shown in Figure 3 For example, suppose two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2 shown in Figure 3) respectively schedule two PDSCHs (PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 shown in Figure 3) occupy the same time and frequency Resource collection. Within one RB, two PDSCHs use different DMRS groups to ensure that the DMRS frequency domain is orthogonal.
  • PDSCH#1 does not map data on the time-frequency resource set occupied by TRP#1 non-zero power phase tracking reference signal (NZP PTRS), in order to avoid TRP#2 sending PTRS interference, TRP#1 will also configure a zero power phase tracking reference signal (ZP PTRS), this ZP PTRS and the PTRS sent by TRP#2 occupy the same time-frequency resource set, PDSCH# 1 Do not map data on this ZP PTRS.
  • ZP PTRS zero power phase tracking reference signal
  • PDSCH#2 there will be the same configuration method as PDSCH#1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the time-frequency resource set position occupied by the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 scheduled by DCI#1 is consistent with the time-frequency resource set position of the NZP PTRS sent by TRP#2, then the ZP PTRS occupied
  • the location of the set of time-frequency resources needs to be determined based on the DCI#2 sent by TRP#2.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain resource density of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the MCS level indicated by DCI#2 (for example, refer to Table 3 for different MCS levels corresponding to different PTRS time domain densities);
  • the number level of scheduled RBs indicated by DCI#2 determines the frequency domain resource density of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 (for example, refer to Table 4 for different RB number levels corresponding to different PTRS frequency domain densities); based on DCI#2
  • the DMRS port indications in the table determine the subcarrier position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 (for example, refer to the different DMRS port numbers shown in Table 5 corresponding to different PTRS subcarrier positions); based on the PDSCH in DCI#2
  • the domain start position determines the time domain start position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine the time-frequency resource set of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the fields in DCI#2 and the method for determining the time-frequency resource set of PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the fields in DCI#1 is similar.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 for multiple network devices to transmit PDSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device determines that the time-frequency resource set mapping of PDSCH#1 needs to be mapped. Based on the decoding and analysis of DCI#2 sent by TRP#2, it will affect the reception of PDSCH#1 when the DCI#2 cannot be decoded or analyzed correctly, that is, the decoding of DCI#2 must be completed correctly. Determine which REs of PDSCH#1 cannot be used for mapping data, so as to perform correct decoding.
  • the terminal device can determine the time-frequency resource set of the ZP-PTRS corresponding to the PDSCH#1 based on the DCI#2 sent by the TRP#2 detection, thereby determining the RE location to which PDSCH#1 is mapped.
  • TRP#1 Since the interaction between TRP#1 and TRP#2 is semi-static, TRP#1 cannot obtain DCI#2 to determine the location of the NZP PTRS time-frequency resource collection of TRP#2, so TRP#1 cannot pass DCI#2 like the terminal device. Determining the location of the time-frequency resource set of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 will cause inconsistency in the mapping of the time-frequency resource set of PDSCH#1 between TRP#1 and the terminal device. The same is true for TRP#2.
  • the method shown in Figure 3 for multiple network devices to send PDSCH scheduling information.
  • the location of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH needs to be Determined based on information provided by another DCI.
  • the reliability and delay of PDSCH reception will be affected.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment it will not only affect the reliability and delay of PDSCH reception, but also cause the network equipment and terminal equipment to have inconsistent understanding of ZP PTRS, thereby affecting the demodulation performance of PDSCH.
  • This application proposes a method for data transmission. By indicating the time-frequency resource set of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH, the position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH does not need to be determined based on the information provided by the DCI of another network device.
  • the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to being applied to the aforementioned CoMP scenario, and can also be applied to other communication scenarios where one terminal device receives multiple DCIs for multiple PDSCHs.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the schematic diagram includes S110-S130. These steps are described in detail below.
  • a network device when a network device determines at least one preset time-frequency resource set that carries first data and at least one second data, it can determine which of the preset time-frequency resource sets are The time-frequency resource set can be used to map the first data and at least one second data.
  • first data and the second data involved in this application may be data using different transmission ports; and/or the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; and/or the first data and The second data is a different codeword; and/or, the first data and the second data are different transmission layers; and/or, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; and/or, the first data It corresponds to a different transmission block with the second data; and/or, the first data and the second data occupy the same carrier; and/or, the first data and the second data occupy the same part of the bandwidth.
  • the first data and the second data are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI).
  • the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlink control channel configuration parameters corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the demodulation indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the reference signal DMRS port belongs to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI are located on the same carrier; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI The control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupies the same BWP.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • first data and the second data are referred to as the first codeword and the second codeword below.
  • the terminal device receives 3 codewords (first codeword, second codeword #1, and second codeword #2).
  • the first codeword is carried in the preset time-frequency resource set #1
  • the second codeword #1 is carried in the preset time-frequency resource set #2
  • the second codeword #2 is carried in the preset time.
  • Frequency resource collection #3 The second codeword #1 corresponds to the second time-frequency resource set #1
  • the second codeword #2 corresponds to the second time-frequency resource set #2.
  • the preset time-frequency resource set #1 to the preset time-frequency resource set #3 carrying the first codeword, the second codeword #1, and the second codeword #2 may be collectively referred to as the preset time-frequency The remaining time-frequency resource collection in the resource collection.
  • multiple CORESETs are configured on each carrier or each BWP, and different CORESETs correspond to different TRPs, or in other words, different CORESETs are used to carry DCI 1 and DCI 2.
  • multiple CORESET groups are further grouped, CORESET group 1 is used to carry DCI 1, and CORESET group 2 is used to carry DCI 2.
  • DCI 1 and DCI 2 will each independently correspond to a detection cycle, and the terminal will detect DCI 1 and DCI 2 according to the two detection cycles and two CORESET groups.
  • the number of second codewords in this application is not limited, and it may be one or more than one number of second codewords. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of codewords received by the terminal device is two or more. In the following, taking two codewords (first codeword and second codeword) received by the terminal device as an example, the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
  • the first time-frequency resource set can be understood as the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, and the first codeword can be understood as the data carried in the first PDSCH.
  • the second time-frequency resource set can be understood as the second PDSCH ,
  • the second codeword can be understood as the data carried in the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device and the terminal device can determine which time-frequency resource sets in the preset time-frequency resource set are not mapped on the first codeword and the second codeword. Therefore, the terminal device does not need to complete the analysis of the downlink control information DCI corresponding to the first codeword and the second codeword as shown in FIG. 3 to determine which time-frequency resource sets the first codeword and the second codeword are not mapped on. . In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device and the network device determine that the time-frequency resource sets that do not map the first codeword and the second codeword are consistent.
  • the network device can modulate and encode the original data bits to form at least one codeword, and the at least one codeword can be carried on different PDSCHs.
  • different codewords can correspond to different transmission points TRPs, that is, different codewords can be sent by different TRPs; different codewords can correspond to the same TRP, and different codewords can be sent by the same TRP.
  • the network device can determine which time-frequency resource sets in the preset time-frequency resource sets are not mapped to the above-mentioned first codeword and second codeword.
  • the specific process includes:
  • the network device determines a second time-frequency resource set, where the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset The number of resource blocks RB is determined.
  • the network device can reuse the time-frequency resource set (first time-frequency resource set) mapped by the NZP PTRS (hereinafter referred to as PTRS) corresponding to the codeword in the prior art.
  • the method of domain density and frequency domain density determines the time-frequency resource set mapped to the ZP PTRS (second time-frequency resource set) corresponding to the codeword.
  • the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set is determined based on the MCS shown in Table 3 above, and the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set is determined based on the number of RBs shown in Table 4 above.
  • the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the preset MCS means: determining the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device
  • the first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS corresponding to the first codeword;
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application is based on the prediction
  • the determination of the number of RBs refers to determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset number of RBs and the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device, where the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used for Determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the protocol defines the modulation mode, coding rate, etc. corresponding to each MCS index value in advance, and the terminal device reports the first transmission capability value x1, x2, where x1, x2 correspond to the thresholds of the 2 MCS index values, when the first DCI When the indicated MCS index value is less than x1, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y1, when the MCS index value indicated by the first DCI is greater than x1 and less than x2, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y2, when When the MCS index value indicated by the first DCI is greater than x2, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y3.
  • the frequency domain density corresponding to the number of RBs is predefined in the protocol, and the terminal device reports the third transmission capability value y1, y2, where y1, y2 correspond to the threshold of the number of RBs.
  • the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z1.
  • the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z2.
  • the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z3.
  • the network device further determines the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determines the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB by the network device includes: directly determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
  • the DMRS port number indicates that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Occupied sub-carrier.
  • the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is no later than the time domain start position of the first codeword.
  • the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: the first subcarrier, where the first subcarrier and the DMRS used to demodulate the first codeword in one RB occupy The subcarriers are different.
  • the first subcarrier includes:
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number in an RB; Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB.
  • the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first codeword;
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB ; Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 A preset sub-carrier in the sub-carriers other than the other; further, in this case, the first sub-carrier is a sub-carrier numbered 2 in one RB.
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first subcarrier is numbered 0, 1, in one RB One sub-carrier preset in 6 and 7. Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number corresponds to the first DMRS port corresponding to the DMRS demodulating the first codeword
  • the numbers are different, and the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups.
  • the above-mentioned second time-frequency resource set does not exist, and there is no need to determine the second time-frequency resource set.
  • This application is mainly considered One CDM group is indicated in the first DCI, and the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups.
  • the second DMRS port number includes:
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003;
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1000;
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005;
  • the second DMRS port number is 1000.
  • the network device has determined the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the first codeword (it can be understood as the time-frequency resource set mapped by the ZP PTRS of the first codeword), and also determines the preset time-frequency resource set For which time-frequency resource sets cannot map data, S120 needs to be performed to determine the first time-frequency resource set, which is used to map the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data.
  • the network device in S120 determines the first time-frequency resource set, and it may be determined by using the method of determining the time-frequency resource set mapped by the PTRS corresponding to the codeword introduced in the prior art. Here No longer.
  • the network device may send the foregoing first codeword to the terminal device, that is, perform S130 to send the first codeword.
  • the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first codeword, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is the time excluding the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set Frequency resource collection. That is to say, the first codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first codeword performs rate matching according to the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes S121, the network device sends to the terminal device before performing S130 High layer signaling, which is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource set. That is, the terminal device can determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the received high-level signaling, and determine that it is not in the preset time based on the PTRS-mapped time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the received first codeword. Demodulate the first codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the frequency resource set.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes S122 before performing S130.
  • the terminal device determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol predefined. Two time-frequency resource collections.
  • the process of determining the second time-frequency resource set by the terminal device is similar to the process of determining the second time-frequency resource set by the network device shown in S110 above, except that the execution subject is the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method flow for data transmission shown in FIG. 4 further includes: S123, the network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first Data, where the first DCI is also used to indicate the aforementioned first DMRS port number.
  • the foregoing second time-frequency resource set may be a time-frequency resource set corresponding to the PTRS of other codewords except the first codeword.
  • this situation will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the schematic diagram includes S210-S220, and these steps are described in detail below.
  • S210 Determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set A set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources, where the remaining set of time-frequency resources is the first DCI indicator for the first data and the second data, respectively The set of time-frequency resources and the set of time-frequency resources indicated by the second DCI.
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS
  • at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively
  • the first PTRS is used for demodulation
  • the first data and the at least one second PTRS are respectively used to demodulate at least one second data.
  • first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  • the time-frequency resource collection performs rate matching.
  • remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
  • the first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; or, the first data and the second data are different codewords;
  • the data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
  • first data and the second data will be referred to as the first codeword and the second codeword below, and the description will be made from the perspective of a second codeword, but it should be understood that this application is not limited to only one first codeword. Two code words.
  • the method flow for data transmission shown in FIG. 5 further includes S211: the network device sends the first DCI and the second DCI to the terminal device, so The first DCI is used to indicate the preset time-frequency resource set and enable the first codeword, and the second DCI is used to indicate the preset time-frequency resource set that carries the second codeword and enable the The second code word.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first codeword, and the second DCI is used to schedule the corresponding second codeword; or it can be understood that the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI Not used for scheduling the first codeword; or it can be understood that the first DCI is only used for scheduling the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used for scheduling the second codeword, that is, the first codeword and the second codeword
  • the corresponding MCS and the indication information of whether to retransmit are respectively indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy The control resource set of is located on the same carrier; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP.
  • one DCI can only indicate the scheduling information corresponding to one codeword, only the codeword is enabled.
  • the DCI can be used to indicate whether to enable the two codewords. Codewords, where the enabling codeword indicates that the transmission block is sent using the modulation and coding method indicated by the indication information.
  • the network device determines a first time-frequency resource set and two second time-frequency resource sets (a second time-frequency resource set #1 and a second time-frequency resource set #2). Among them, the second time-frequency resource set #1 corresponds to the second codeword #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 corresponds to the second codeword #2.
  • the first codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 in the preset time-frequency resource set, or the first codeword is based on the first The time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 perform rate matching; the second codeword #1 is not in the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set #1 and the second time-frequency resource set #2 are mapped, or the second codeword #1 is based on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 Perform rate matching; the second codeword #2 is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 in the preset time-frequency resource set, or Say that the second codeword #2 performs rate matching according to the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2.
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to map the first PTRS
  • the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword is used to map the second PTRS
  • the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first PTRS.
  • a codeword, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second codeword.
  • the PTRS has been described in detail in the previous section and will not be repeated here.
  • the first time-frequency resource set may be understood as a time-frequency resource set including the time-frequency resource set occupied by the NZP PTRS corresponding to the first codeword; the second time-frequency resource set may be understood as including the second codeword corresponding The set of time-frequency resources occupied by the NZP PTRS.
  • the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set are jointly determined by the four configuration parameters of the time domain starting position, the time domain density, the frequency domain position, and the frequency domain density.
  • the network device may determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set. At least one configuration parameter in the configuration parameters of the frequency resource set;
  • the network device determines the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set and sends high-level signaling to the terminal device.
  • the high-level signaling indicates at least one of the configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set A configuration parameter;
  • the network device adds a first field to the first DCI, where the first field is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter among the configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set; A second field is added to the DCI, and the second field is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter of the configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • Manner 1 Determine the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates a configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters :
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the first time-frequency resource set can be understood as the first time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol. That is, the terminal device and the network device can learn the location of the first time-frequency resource set according to the location of the first time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol.
  • the network device when it transmits the second codeword, it can be based on the predefined position of the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword, thereby avoiding the preset time-frequency resource set Mapping a second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in;
  • the terminal device when it receives the second codeword, it can be based on the position of the predefined first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword indicated by the second DCI, thereby avoiding Demodulate the second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the network device determines the first time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the preconfiguration information ,
  • the first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the MCS level is determined to be When 2 is shown in Table 3, then looking up Table 3 can determine that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in the present application indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the time domain density is N, which means that there is an RE occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
  • the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number level of the resource block RB corresponding to the first codeword and the second transmission capability value, wherein the RB corresponding to the first codeword is a pre-configuration information indicator ,
  • the second transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the RB number level is determined when it is 2 shown in Table 4, then looking up Table 4 can determine that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in this application indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the frequency domain density is M, which means that there is an RE occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set; or,
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 6 describes in detail how the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 6 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • DMRS ports 1000, 1001, 1004, and 1005 occupy even-numbered subcarriers (subcarrier numbers are 0, 2, 4...10), and DMRS ports 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 occupy odd-numbered subcarriers. Carrier (corresponding sub-carrier numbers are 1, 3, 5...); for the second type of DMRS, the sub-carrier numbers occupied by DMRS ports 1000 and 1001 are 0, 1, 6, 7, and those occupied by DMRS ports 1002, 1003 The sub-carrier numbers are 2, 3, 8, and 9, and the sub-carrier numbers occupied by the DMRS ports 1004 and 1005 are 4, 5, 10, and 11.
  • each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes 12 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 0-11 in order, and each subcarrier corresponds to a number.
  • the sub-carrier numbering is the order from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is the order from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Numbering.
  • Table 7 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set including:
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the occupation of any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set by the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, including:
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 or 4 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set occupied by the first time-frequency resource set include:
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the method is equivalent to that the protocol has predetermined various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and the terminal device can also determine the first time-frequency resource set based on the protocol.
  • the specific determination method is similar to the above-mentioned network device determining the first time-frequency resource set. I won't repeat it here.
  • Manner 2 The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, where the high-level signaling indicates a configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the high-layer signaling indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the high-level signaling ,
  • the first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the high-layer signaling directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the high-level signaling directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the time domain density is N, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the resource block RB quantity level and the second transmission capability value corresponding to the first codeword, wherein the RB corresponding to the first codeword is a high-level signaling indication ,
  • the second transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the high-layer signaling directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the RB number level is determined When it is 2, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the high-layer signaling directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the frequency domain density is M, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the higher layer signaling indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set; or,
  • the high-layer signaling indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 6 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 7 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 8, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second method is equivalent to that the network device first determines the various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and informs the terminal device of the various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set through high-level signaling before sending the codeword, then the terminal device can be based on
  • the high-layer signaling determines the first time-frequency resource set, and the specific determination method is how the above-described high-layer signaling indicates various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device includes a second field, where the second field is used to indicate the configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, where the configuration parameter includes at least the following parameters one of:
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the second field indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the second field indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position.
  • the second field indicating the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, wherein the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the second field ,
  • the first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS;
  • the second field is an original field in the second DCI.
  • the second DCI includes two MCS fields. One of the two MCS fields is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword. One MCS field (second field) is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the second field directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the second field in the present application indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the second field occupies two bits, and the composition of different values on the two bits is used to directly indicate that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. As shown in Table 9.
  • the second field of Table 9 indicates the time domain density
  • Table 9 is only an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the second field and the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be illustrated one by one here.
  • the second field may be composed of 3 bits.
  • the second field indicates the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
  • time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap
  • time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap.
  • the first code word and the second code word use different transmission ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word are different code words ; In other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first code word and the second code word
  • the spatial filtering information is different; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same BWP.
  • the first codeword and the second codeword are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
  • the first codeword and the second codeword are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI) respectively.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first codeword;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second codeword.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set: if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is based on the frequency domain in the second DCI Resource indication information is determined;
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is based on the second
  • the field is determined or determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; or,
  • the second field directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the second field occupies two bits, and the second field is used to indicate the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set including:
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is the same as the second time-frequency resource set
  • the frequency domain density of is equal; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap at all, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is any value; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 2. As shown in Table 10 and Table 11.
  • the second field of Table 10 indicates the frequency domain density
  • Table 10 is just an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the second field and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be described here.
  • the second field may be composed of 3 bits.
  • the second field indicates the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set
  • the second field indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set in combination with Table 6 to Table 8 shown above.
  • Table 6 shows that the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 7 shows that the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the first time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 8, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second field may only indicate a part of the configuration parameters among the four configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and other configuration parameters may be determined in combination with the above-mentioned method 1 and method 2.
  • the second field included in the second DCI only indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set (as shown in Table 10 and Table 11). Then, the time-domain starting position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined based on the above-mentioned method one or two; or, the time-domain starting position and time-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set
  • the density and frequency domain position may be determined by multiplexing the existing fields in the second DCI (the MCS field in the second DCI, the DMRS port indication field, etc., as described above).
  • manner 1, manner 2, and manner 3 determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of at least one configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set. Methods can be used in combination.
  • the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set are determined based on the manner shown in the first manner, and the frequency-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined based on the manner shown in the third manner.
  • the method for data transmission in the embodiments of the present application is pre-defined by the protocol and high-level
  • the signaling indication or the second field indicates the configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set, so that the terminal device can parse the second time-frequency resource set mapped to the second PTRS based on the second DCI when receiving the second codeword, and Determine the first time-frequency resource set based on the configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set indicated by protocol predefinition, high-level signaling indication or the second field, so as to avoid the first time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set And parse the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the manners 1 to 3 are described by taking one second codeword as an example, and the situation for multiple second codewords (second codeword #1-second codeword #X) is similar to the above. That is, for the second codeword #1, the network device and the terminal device can indicate at least one second time-frequency resource set (second time-frequency resource set #2-second time Frequency resource set #X) and configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the first codeword it is necessary to avoid mapping on the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set. That is, under the premise that the first DCI indicates that the first time-frequency resource set is used for mapping the first PTRS, it is also necessary to indicate the location of at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  • Manner 1 Determine the second time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates a configuration parameter of the second time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters :
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the second time-frequency resource set can be understood as the second time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol. That is, the terminal device and the network device can learn the location of the second time-frequency resource set according to the location of the second time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol.
  • the network device when it transmits the first codeword, it can be based on the position of at least one predefined second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set, thereby avoiding the first in the preset time-frequency resource set. Mapping the first codeword on the set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources;
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first codeword, it can avoid the preset time-frequency resource set based on the position of at least one predefined second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set indicated by the first DCI. Demodulate the first codeword on the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources in.
  • the network device determines the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the preconfiguration information ,
  • the third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the MCS level is determined to be When 2 is shown in Table 3, then looking up Table 3 can determine that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in the present application indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the time domain density is N, which means that there is an RE occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
  • the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number level of the resource block RB corresponding to the second codeword and the fourth transmission capability value, where the RB corresponding to the second codeword is a pre-configuration information indicator ,
  • the fourth transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in this application indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword.
  • the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the frequency domain density is M, which means that there is an RE occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
  • the pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set; or,
  • the pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 13 introduces in detail how the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 13 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • DMRS ports 1000, 1001, 1004, and 1005 occupy even-numbered subcarriers (subcarrier numbers are 0, 2, 4...10), and DMRS ports 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 occupy odd-numbered subcarriers. Carrier (corresponding sub-carrier numbers are 1, 3, 5...); for the second type of DMRS, the sub-carrier numbers occupied by DMRS ports 1000 and 1001 are 0, 1, 6, 7, and those occupied by DMRS ports 1002, 1003 The sub-carrier numbers are 2, 3, 8, and 9, and the sub-carrier numbers occupied by the DMRS ports 1004 and 1005 are 4, 5, 10, and 11.
  • each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes 12 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 0-11 in order, and each subcarrier corresponds to a number.
  • the sub-carrier numbering is the order from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is the order from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Numbering.
  • Table 14 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupying any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set including:
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, including:
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the subcarriers numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set occupied by the second time-frequency resource set include:
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the first method is equivalent to that the protocol has predetermined various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and the terminal device can also determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol.
  • the specific determination method is similar to the above-mentioned network device determining the second time-frequency resource set. I won't repeat it here.
  • Manner 2 The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, where the high-level signaling indicates a configuration parameter of the second time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the high-layer signaling indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the high-level signaling ,
  • the third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the high-layer signaling directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
  • the high-level signaling directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the time domain density is N, which means that the second time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
  • the high-layer signaling indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the resource block RB quantity level and the fourth transmission capability value corresponding to the second codeword, where the RB corresponding to the second codeword is a high-level signaling indication ,
  • the fourth transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
  • the high-layer signaling directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in the present application indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword.
  • high-layer signaling directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4.
  • the frequency domain density is M, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
  • the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the higher layer signaling indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the high-layer signaling indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 13 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 14 shows that the high-layer signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 15 and will not be repeated here.
  • the second method is equivalent to that the network device first determines the various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and informs the terminal device of the various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set through high-level signaling before sending the codeword, then the terminal device can be based on
  • the high-level signaling determines the second time-frequency resource set
  • the specific determination method is how the above-described high-level signaling indicates various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, where the configuration parameters include at least the following parameters one of:
  • Time domain start position time domain density
  • frequency domain position frequency domain density
  • the first field indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the first field indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position.
  • the first field indicating the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
  • the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the first field ,
  • the third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS;
  • the first field is an original field in the first DCI.
  • the first DCI includes two MCS fields, one of the two MCS fields is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword, and the other One MCS field (first field) is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword.
  • the first field directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the first field in this application indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
  • the first field occupies two bits, and the composition of different values on the two bits is used to directly indicate that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. As shown in Table 16.
  • the first field of Table 16 indicates the time domain density
  • the first field may be composed of 3 bits.
  • the first field indicates the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
  • time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap
  • time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap.
  • the first code word and the second code word use different transmission ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word are different code words ; In other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first code word and the second code word
  • the spatial filtering information is different; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same BWP.
  • the first codeword and the second codeword are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
  • the first codeword and the second codeword are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI) respectively.
  • the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first codeword;
  • the first DCI is only used to schedule the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second codeword.
  • control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI
  • the scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different;
  • the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set:
  • the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency of the first time-frequency resource set. Domain density, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
  • the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is based on the first
  • the field is determined or determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4;
  • the first field directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the first field occupies two bits, and the first field is used to indicate the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set including:
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is the same as the first time-frequency resource set
  • the frequency domain density of is equal; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap at all, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is any value; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4; or,
  • the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 2. As shown in Table 17 and Table 18.
  • the first field of Table 17 indicates the frequency domain density
  • the first field may be composed of 3 bits.
  • the first field indicates the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set
  • the first field indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set in conjunction with Table 13 to Table 15 shown above.
  • Table 13 shows that the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
  • Table 13 shows that the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
  • the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
  • the second time-frequency resource set occupies one sub-carrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set as shown in Table 14 and will not be repeated here.
  • the first field may only indicate a part of the configuration parameters among the four configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and other configuration parameters may be determined in combination with the above-mentioned method 1 and method 2.
  • the first field included in the first DCI only indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set (as shown in Table 10 and Table 11). Then, the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined based on the above-mentioned method one or two; or, the time-domain start position and time-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set
  • the density and frequency domain position may be determined by multiplexing existing fields in the first DCI (the MCS field in the first DCI, the DMRS port indication field, etc., as described above).
  • manner 1, manner 2, and manner three determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of at least one of the four configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set. Methods can be used in combination.
  • the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set are determined based on the manner shown in the first manner, and the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the manner shown in the third manner.
  • the method for data transmission in the embodiments of the present application is pre-defined by the protocol and high-level
  • the signaling indication or the first field indicates the configuration information of the second time-frequency resource set, so that the terminal device can parse the second time-frequency resource set mapped to the first PTRS based on the first DCI when receiving the first codeword, and Determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the configuration information of the second time-frequency resource set indicated by the protocol pre-defined, high-level signaling indication or the first field, so as to avoid the first time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set And parse the first codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the manners 1 to 3 are described by taking one second codeword as an example, and the situation for multiple second codewords (second codeword #1-second codeword #X) is similar to the above. That is, for the first codeword, the network device and the terminal device can indicate at least one second time-frequency resource set (second time-frequency resource set #1-second time-frequency resource Set #X) configuration information.
  • the network device After determining the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, it is possible to determine the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in which the first codeword is not in the preset time-frequency resource set Above mapping, the second codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set, and the second codeword is any one of the at least one second codeword
  • the second codeword and the second time-frequency resource set are at least one second time-frequency resource set for mapping the second PTRS corresponding to the second codeword. Furthermore, in step S220, the network device sends the first codeword and at least one second codeword to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the first time-frequency resource set mapped by the first PTRS based on the first DCI, and then can determine not to parse the first codeword on the first time-frequency resource set. Further, the position of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the first field in the first DCI, pre-defined by the protocol, received high-level signaling sent by the network device. And avoid parsing the first codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
  • the terminal device when it receives the second codeword, it can determine the second time-frequency resource set mapped by the second PTRS based on the second DCI, and then can determine not to parse the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set. Further, the location of the first time-frequency resource set is determined based on the second field in the second DCI, pre-defined by the protocol, received high-level signaling sent by the network device. And avoid parsing the second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set.
  • the specific manner for the terminal device to determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol predefinition is similar to the network device determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set shown in S210. I won't repeat it here.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application receives multiple codewords and the DCI corresponding to the multiple codewords, it is not necessary to analyze the multiple DCIs to determine the time-frequency resource set for codeword mapping. Improved code word reception performance.
  • the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 4 and FIG. 5. The following describes how to apply the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with specific embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of specific embodiment one provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the schematic diagram includes TRP#1, TRP#2, and terminal equipment supporting CoMP.
  • TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 5 respectively schedule two PDSCHs (PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 as shown in Figure 5) occupy the same set of time-frequency resources.
  • two PDSCHs use different DMRS groups to ensure that the DMRS frequency domain is orthogonal.
  • TRP#1 does not map data on the first time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1.
  • TRP#1 will also Determine a second second time-frequency resource set, where the second time-frequency resource set includes the time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#2 sent by PTRS#2. Further, PDSCH#1 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set.
  • TRP#2 For TRP#2, PDSCH#2 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#2 sent by TRP#2. To avoid the interference of PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1, TRP#2 will also A first time-frequency resource set is configured, and the first time-frequency resource set includes the time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1. Further, PDSCH#2 does not map data on the first time-frequency resource set.
  • TRP#1 determines a second time-frequency resource set.
  • TRP#1 determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1. That is, the agreement specifies the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
  • S320 The terminal device determines a second time-frequency resource set.
  • the terminal device also determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1.
  • TRP#1 sends the first codeword to the terminal device in PDSCH#1.
  • PDSCH#1 is scheduled by DCI#1 sent by TRP#1, and TRP#1 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set in PDSCH#1.
  • the position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by DCI#1.
  • S340 The terminal device demodulates the first codeword.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives DCI#1, it learns the location of the first time-frequency resource set based on the location of the second time-frequency resource set specified by the protocol. The terminal device determines that the first codeword is demodulated on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set that are not in PDSCH#1.
  • TRP#2 determines the first time-frequency resource set.
  • TRP#2 determines the first time-frequency resource set. That is, the agreement specifies the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
  • S360 The terminal device determines a first time-frequency resource set.
  • the terminal device determines the first time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1.
  • TRP#2 sends the second codeword to the terminal device in PDSCH#2.
  • PDSCH#2 is scheduled by DCI#2 sent by TRP#2, and TRP#2 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set in PDSCH#2.
  • the position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by DCI#2.
  • S380 The terminal device demodulates the second codeword.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives DCI#2, it learns the location of the second time-frequency resource set based on the location of the first time-frequency resource set specified by the protocol. The terminal device determines to demodulate the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set that are not in PDSCH#2.
  • FIG. 6 is only an example and cannot limit the protection scope of the present application.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not correspond to the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. Constitute any limitation.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the device 10 for data transmission proposed in this application.
  • the device 10 includes a receiving unit 110 and a processing unit 120.
  • the processing unit 120 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set Dividing the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set from the preset time-frequency resource set,
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS
  • the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS
  • the first PTRS is used to Demodulate the first data
  • the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate at least one second data
  • the receiving unit 110 is configured to receive the first data and the at least one second data.
  • the device 10 is completely corresponding to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the device 10 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 10 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-6.
  • the receiving unit 110 in the apparatus 10 executes the steps of the terminal device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 123 of the receiving network device sending the first DCI to the terminal device and step 130 of the network device sending the first codeword to the terminal device in FIG. 4, and perform the receiving network device sending the first DCI to the terminal device in FIG. 5 And step 211 of at least one second DCI and step 220 of receiving the first codeword and at least one second codeword from the network device to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 120 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step 122 of determining a first time-frequency resource set in FIG. 4 and step 212 of determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in FIG. 5 are performed.
  • the apparatus 10 may further include a sending unit 130 for sending information to other devices.
  • the sending unit 130 and the receiving unit 110 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 120 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit 130 may be a receiver.
  • the receiving unit 110 may be a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 20 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 20 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the terminal device in the method for data transmission proposed in this application. Corresponding process and/or operation. I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 8 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the device 30 for data transmission proposed in this application.
  • the device 30 includes a sending unit 310 and a processing unit 320.
  • the processing unit 320 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset Suppose a set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources in the set of time-frequency resources,
  • the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS
  • at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS
  • the first PTRS is used to demodulate the First data
  • the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate at least one second data
  • the sending unit 310 is configured to send the first data and the at least one second data.
  • the apparatus 30 completely corresponds to the network equipment in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 30 may be the network equipment in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network equipment in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the device 30 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-6.
  • the sending unit 310 in the apparatus 30 executes the steps of the network device sending in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 123 of sending the first DCI to the terminal device and step 130 of sending the first codeword to the terminal device in FIG. 4, and perform step 211 of sending the first DCI and at least one second DCI to the terminal device in FIG. 5 And the step 220 of sending the first codeword and at least one second codeword to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 320 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 110 of determining the first time-frequency resource set and step 120 of determining the second time-frequency resource set in FIG. 4, and perform the step of determining the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in FIG. Step 210.
  • the apparatus 30 may further include a receiving unit 330, configured to receive information sent by other devices.
  • the receiving unit 330 and the sending unit 310 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 320 may be a processor.
  • the transmitting unit 310 may be a receiver.
  • the receiving unit 330 may be a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 40 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above-mentioned method for data transmission.
  • a network device 40 can be a schematic diagram of the structure of the base station.
  • the network device can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1.
  • the network device 40 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 401 and one or more base band units (BBU).
  • the baseband unit may also be referred to as a digital unit (DU) 402.
  • the RRU 401 may be called a transceiver unit, and corresponds to the sending unit 310 in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiver unit 401 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 4011 and a radio frequency unit 4012.
  • the transceiving unit 401 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit).
  • the RRU 401 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the control information described in the foregoing embodiments to the terminal device.
  • the part 402 of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station.
  • the RRU 401 and the BBU 402 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 402 is the control center of the network equipment, and may also be called a processing unit, which may correspond to the processing unit 320 in FIG. 9 and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 402 can be used to control the network device 40 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to determine the length of the symbol carrying the control information of the terminal device.
  • the BBU 402 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (for example, an LTE system, or a 5G system), or may separately support Wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • the BBU 402 also includes a memory 4021 and a processor 4022.
  • the memory 4021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 4021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment, etc.
  • the processor 4022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 4021 and the processor 4022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, each board can be equipped with necessary circuits.
  • the network device 40 shown in FIG. 10 can implement the network device functions involved in the method embodiments of FIGS. 4-6.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 40 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 10 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other network device structures that may appear in the future.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system for data transmission, which includes the aforementioned network device and one or more terminal devices.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the network device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6. The various steps performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6. The various steps performed.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the network device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the terminal device in the method for data transmission provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the network device in the method for data transmission provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

The present application provides a method and apparatus for data transmission. The method comprises: determining a first time frequency resource set and at least one second time frequency resource set, a remaining time frequency resource set being used for mapping first data and at least one second data and being a time frequency resource set in a preset time frequency resource set other than the first time frequency resource set and the at least one second time frequency resource set; the first time frequency resource set being used for bearing a first PTRS; the second time frequency resource set being used for bearing a second PTRS; the first PTRS being used for demodulating the first data; the second PTRS being used for demodulating the second data; and sending the first data and the at least one second data. According to the technical solution provided by the present application, by pre-determining, on a time frequency resource set which bears data, a time frequency resource set which cannot map the data, a terminal device is protected from determining, on the basis of multiple pieces of DCI, the time frequency resource set which cannot map the data, thereby improving the data receiving performance.

Description

用于数据传输的方法和装置Method and device for data transmission
本申请要求于2019年04月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910305552.6、申请名称为“用于数据传输的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910305552.6, and the application name is "Method and Apparatus for Data Transmission" on April 16, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种用于数据传输的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for data transmission.
背景技术Background technique
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)高级长期演进(long term evolution advanced,LTE-A)中,协作多点(coordinated multi-point,CoMP)技术利用地理位置上分离的多个网络设备间的协作与用户设备(user equipment,UE)进行通信,从而降低小区边缘UE的干扰并提高小区边缘吞吐量(cell edge throughput),提高可靠性。In the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) long term evolution advanced (LTE-A), coordinated multi-point (CoMP) technology utilizes multiple geographically separated networks The cooperation between devices communicates with user equipment (UE), thereby reducing cell edge UE interference, improving cell edge throughput, and improving reliability.
多个网络设备(例如,记作网络设备#A和网络设备#B)在向终端设备发送数据时,为了保证数据的解调性能,多个网络设备可以分别向该终端设备发送相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)以用于解调多个网络设备各自发送的信道。When multiple network devices (for example, denoted as network device #A and network device #B) send data to a terminal device, in order to ensure the demodulation performance of the data, multiple network devices can respectively send phase tracking reference signals to the terminal device (Phase tracking reference signal, PTRS) is used to demodulate channels sent by multiple network devices.
当前技术中,终端设备基于多个网络设备(例如,网络设备#A和网络设备#B)分别发送的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),确定解调不同网络设备发送的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)承载的数据的时频资源集合位置。然而,当该终端设备接收到多个DCI时,终端设备为了准确获知多个DCI分别调度的PDSCH承载的数据映射的时频资源集合位置,需要在接收到多个DCI之后,结合多个DCI中携带的时频资源集合指示信息综合判断每个PDSCH承载的数据映射的时频资源集合位置,比如,DCI 1调度的PDSCH 1需要根据DCI 2调度的非零功率(none zero power,NZP)PTRS判断相应时频资源上不能映射PDSCH 1,这样会导致降低数据的接收性能。因此,如何提高数据的接收性能成为亟待解决的问题。In the current technology, the terminal device determines the demodulation of the physical downlink shared channel sent by different network devices based on the downlink control information (DCI) sent by multiple network devices (for example, network device #A and network device #B) respectively The location of the time-frequency resource collection of the data carried by the (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH). However, when the terminal device receives multiple DCIs, the terminal device needs to combine multiple DCIs after receiving multiple DCIs in order to accurately know the location of the time-frequency resource set of the data mapping carried by the PDSCHs scheduled by the multiple DCIs. The carried time-frequency resource set indication information comprehensively judges the position of the time-frequency resource set of data mapping carried by each PDSCH. For example, the PDSCH 1 scheduled by DCI 1 needs to be judged according to the non-zero power (NZP) PTRS scheduled by DCI 2 The PDSCH 1 cannot be mapped on the corresponding time-frequency resources, which will reduce the data reception performance. Therefore, how to improve the data receiving performance becomes an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种用于数据传输的方法和装置,通过预先确定承载数据的时频资源集合上不能映射该数据的时频资源集合,避免终端设备基于多个DCI确定不能映射该数据的时频资源集合,提高数据的接收性能。The present application provides a method and device for data transmission. By predetermining the time-frequency resource set that cannot map the data on the time-frequency resource set carrying data, it prevents the terminal device from determining the time-frequency that cannot map the data based on multiple DCIs Collection of resources to improve data reception performance.
第一方面,提供一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,其中,所述第一PTRS 用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调所述至少一个第二数据;发送所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。具体的,承载第二PTRS的时频资源可以是第二时频资源的子集。实际承载第二PTRS的时频资源根据调度第二数据的DCI的指示信息确定,该指示信息会从多个候选的第二PTRS的时频资源中选择一个,该第二时频资源包括该DCI指示的多个候选的第二PTRS的时频资源。In a first aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one first data Second data, the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set, wherein the first time-frequency resource set It is used to carry the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively, wherein the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data, and the At least one second PTRS is respectively used to demodulate the at least one second data; to send the first data and the at least one second data. Specifically, the time-frequency resource carrying the second PTRS may be a subset of the second time-frequency resource. The time-frequency resource actually carrying the second PTRS is determined according to the indication information of the DCI for scheduling the second data. The indication information will select one of the time-frequency resources of a plurality of candidate second PTRSs, and the second time-frequency resource includes the DCI The indicated time-frequency resources of multiple candidate second PTRSs.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备确定分别用于映射多个数据的PTRS的时频资源集合,并确定不在映射PTRS的时频资源集合上映射数据。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device determines the time-frequency resource set of the PTRS respectively used for mapping multiple data, and determines not to map data on the time-frequency resource set of the mapped PTRS.
应理解,上述的第一数据和至少一个第二数据不在第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射;或者说第一数据依据第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配;或者说第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源为第一数据的速率匹配资源,基站发送第一数据会根据第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源的位置进行速率匹配,终端设备接收第一数据会根据第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源的位置进行数据接收。It should be understood that the aforementioned first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set. The set of time-frequency resources performs rate matching; in other words, the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource are rate-matching resources of the first data, and the base station sends the first data according to the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource. The location of the frequency resource performs rate matching, and the terminal device receives the first data according to the location of the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource.
还应理解,上述的剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据;或者,可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
可选的,预设的时频资源集合根据调度该数据的DCI指示的时频资资源位置确定;或者,直接根据调度该数据的DCI确定剩余时频资源集合。例如,预设的时频资源集合根据调度第一数据的第一DCI指示的时频资资源位置确定,或者,预设的时频资源集合根据调度第二数据的第二DCI指示的时频资资源位置确定。Optionally, the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the DCI that schedules the data; or, the remaining time-frequency resource set is determined directly according to the DCI that schedules the data. For example, the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the first DCI for scheduling the first data, or the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource indicated by the second DCI for scheduling the second data. The resource location is determined.
第一数据和至少一个第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据是不同的传输块(transmission block,TB);或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和至少一个第二数据占用相同的部分带宽(band width part,BWP)。The first data and the at least one second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the at least one second data are different codewords ; In other words, the first data and the at least one second data are different transmission blocks (transmission block, TB); in other words, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first data and the at least one second data correspond to different transmission layers; The spatial filtering information of at least one second data is different; in other words, the first data and at least one second data occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first data and at least one second data occupy the same bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP).
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is used for scheduling respectively The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备为了调度多个数据,需要向接收该多个数据的终端设备发送多个DCI。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, in order to schedule multiple data, a network device needs to send multiple DCIs to a terminal device that receives the multiple data.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制 资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的混合自动重传处理(hybrid automatic repeat request process,HARQ process)编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同;或者说,第一DCI的控制资源集合或控制资源集合组对应的发送波束或准共址指示(QCL)和第二DCI的控制资源集合或控制资源集合组对应的发送波束或准共址指示(QCL)不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes of the scrambling are different; in other words, the HARQ process group of the hybrid automatic repeat request process (HARQ process) indicated by the first DCI and the HARQ process group of the HARQ process indicated by the second DCI are different ; In other words, the transmission beam indicated by the first DCI and the transmission beam indicated by the second DCI are different; or, the transmission beam group indicated by the first DCI and the transmission beam group indicated by the second DCI are different; or, the transmission beam group indicated by the first DCI The transmission beam or quasi co-location indicator (QCL) corresponding to the control resource set or the control resource set group is different from the transmission beam or quasi co-location indicator (QCL) corresponding to the control resource set or the control resource set group of the second DCI.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合包括:根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,其中,所述第一MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,其中,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组;所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword includes: determining the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information A set of time-frequency resources, wherein the time-domain density of the first set of time-frequency resources is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, wherein the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration The configuration information directly indicates the size of the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is the The pre-configuration information indicates; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: The pre-configuration information indicates the sub-carriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set; The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and the first time domain start position. 2. The time domain starting position of the data; the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second MCS, wherein the second MCS Is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of second RBs , Wherein the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates the first The frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The associated DMRS port number, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to different CDM groups; the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The time domain start position of the resource set is the first time domain start position.
可选的,所述第一时频资源集合对应的MCS根据调度第一数据的DCI指示的MCS确定,该DCI指示的MCS用于确定第一数据的调制编码方式,同时,该MCS用于确定第一数据的第一PTRS的时域密度。进一步的,该MCS还可以用于同时确定第二时频资源集合,或者说,用于确定第二数据的第二PTRS的时域密度进而推倒出第二时频资源集合;或者,根据该MCS和一个MCS编号的偏移值确定第二时频资源集合,或者说,用于确定第二数据的第二PTRS的时域密度进而推倒出第二时频资源集合。该偏移值可以通过高层信令配置。Optionally, the MCS corresponding to the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the MCS indicated by the DCI that schedules the first data. The MCS indicated by the DCI is used to determine the modulation and coding scheme of the first data, and at the same time, the MCS is used to determine The time domain density of the first PTRS of the first data. Further, the MCS can also be used to determine the second time-frequency resource set at the same time, or in other words, to determine the time-domain density of the second PTRS of the second data to deduce the second time-frequency resource set; or, according to the MCS The second time-frequency resource set is determined by the offset value of one MCS number, or in other words, the time-domain density of the second PTRS used to determine the second data and then the second time-frequency resource set is deduced. The offset value can be configured through higher layer signaling.
应理解,本申请所涉及的基于第一MCS确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度,指的是根据第一MCS和终端设备上报的第一传输能力值确定时频资源集合的时域密度。其中,终端设备上报的第一传输能力值用于确定第一数据对应的PTRS的时域密度;同理,上述的基于第二MCS确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度,指的是根据第二MCS和终端设备上 报的第三传输能力值确定时频资源集合的时域密度。其中,终端设备上报的第三传输能力值用于确定第二数据对应的PTRS的时域密度。It should be understood that the determination of the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set based on the first MCS referred to in this application refers to determining the time-domain density of the time-frequency resource set according to the first transmission capability value reported by the first MCS and the terminal device . Wherein, the first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; in the same way, the aforementioned determination of the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second MCS refers to The second MCS and the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device determine the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set. The third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
还应理解,本申请所涉及的第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,指的是根据第一RB和终端设备上报的第二传输能力值确定时频资源集合的频域密度。其中,终端设备上报的第二传输能力值用于确定第一数据对应的PTRS的频域密度;同理,上述的基于第二RB确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度,指的是根据第二RB和终端设备上报的第四传输能力值确定时频资源集合的频域密度。其中,终端设备上报的第四传输能力值用于确定第二数据对应的PTRS的频域密度。It should also be understood that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the number of the first resource block RB, which refers to determining the time-frequency resource set according to the second transmission capability value reported by the first RB and the terminal device The frequency domain density. Wherein, the second transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; similarly, the above-mentioned determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second RB refers to The second RB and the fourth transmission capability value reported by the terminal device determine the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set. The fourth transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
还应理解,本申请涉及的通过指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置,是因为能够根据第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号确定第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;同理,通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置,是因为能够根据第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号确定第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波。It should also be understood that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set in this application because it can be based on the DMRS associated with the first time-frequency resource set. The port number determines the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; similarly, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, This is because the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB can be determined according to the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
还应理解,本申请所涉及的确定第一时频资源集合,还包括:确定第一时频资源集合占用的RB,具体地,以第一数据来说,第一时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第一DCI调度的第一数据占用的RB、以第二数据来说,第一时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第二DCI调度的第二数据占用的RB;同理,本申请所涉及的确定第二时频资源集合,还包括:确定第二时频资源集合占用的RB,具体地,以第一数据来说,第二时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第一DCI调度的第一数据占用的RB、以第二数据来说,第二时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第二DCI调度的第二数据占用的RB。It should also be understood that the determination of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application further includes: determining the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, specifically, in terms of the first data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set The RBs occupied by the first data scheduled for the first DCI described above, for the second data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set are occupied by the second data scheduled for the second DCI described above RB; for the same reason, the determination of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application also includes: determining the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, in the first data, the second time-frequency resource set occupied The RB is the RB occupied by the first data scheduled by the first DCI described above. For the second data, the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set is the second data occupied by the second DCI schedule described above. RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备能够根据预配置信息确定第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device can determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second Time-frequency resource collection.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备在确定了上述的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合之后,能够向终端设备发送高层信令,指示第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, after determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set, the network device can send high-level signaling to the terminal device to indicate the first time-frequency resource set. The resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS 端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: determining the first demodulation of the first data according to the first DCI Reference signal DMRS port number; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number At least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003 is included, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even-numbered subcarrier in each RB A preset subcarrier; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1003, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the first DMRS is the first DMRS Two types, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set The resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第二时频资源集合的频域位置具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第二时频资源集合的频域位置。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the first DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or, the second time-frequency resource set is located in each RB The subcarrier numbered internally is 1; or the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered in each RB 2 subcarriers.
具体地,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外预设的一个的子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波;所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波。Specifically, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier in each RB with an odd number of subcarriers, including: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier with a number 1 in each RB Sub-carrier; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even number of sub-carriers in each RB and a preset sub-carrier includes: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a sub-carrier number in each RB 0; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource set is located at every RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,在确定上述第二时频资源集合占用的子载波可以为一个RB内的多个子载波中的任意一个时,一般选择该多个子载波中编号最小的子载波作为该第二时频资源集合占用的子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiments of the present application, when it is determined that the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set may be any one of the multiple subcarriers in one RB, the number of the multiple subcarriers is generally selected The smallest subcarrier is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: determining a second demodulation reference corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI Signal DMRS port number; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes port At least one of the numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the first time-frequency resource set is preset in each RB that occupies an even-numbered subcarrier If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004 , Or, the first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the second type , And the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or the first time-frequency resource set In each RB, a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 is occupied.
具体地,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB 内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外预设的一个的子载波包括:所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波;所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波。Specifically, the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies an odd-numbered subcarrier preset for a subcarrier includes: the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies the number of 1 subcarrier Sub-carrier; or, the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupies an even number of sub-carriers in the sub-carrier preset includes: the first set of time-frequency resources in each RB occupation number is 0; the first set of time-frequency resources occupies one of the preset subcarriers except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the first set of time-frequency resources is located in each RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB including: the first time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一时频资源集合的频域位置具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第二DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第二DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第一时频资源集合的频域位置。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the second DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the second DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the second field is used to indicate The positional relationship of the set of time-frequency resources occupied by the first data and the second data, where the positional relationship includes at least one of the following: the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap ; The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备能够在DCI中增加指示不同数据占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系的字段。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, a network device can add a field in the DCI that indicates the location relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度包括:若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度包括:若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the location relationship used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes: if the first data and the second data occupy the Time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency of the first time-frequency resource set The domain density is based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the second time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density is equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or, the position relationship is used to determine the first time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density includes: if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the second time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density of the resource set, where the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI; if the first data and the second data occupy the time The frequency domain resources and/or frequency domain resources partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is determined according to the second field or according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4. .
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系能够用于指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度与第一时频资源集合的频域密度的关系。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set. The relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
第二方面,提供一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,其中,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调至少一个第二数据;接收所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。具体的,承载第二PTRS的时频资源可以是第二时频资源的子集。实际承载第二PTRS的时频资源根据调度第二数据的DCI的指示信息确定,该指示信息会从多个候选的第二PTRS的时频资源中选择一个,该第二时频资源包括 该DCI指示的多个候选的第二PTRS的时频资源。In a second aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one first data Second data, the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set, wherein the first time-frequency resource set Is used to carry the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively, where the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data, and the At least one second PTRS is respectively used to demodulate at least one second data; to receive the first data and the at least one second data. Specifically, the time-frequency resource carrying the second PTRS may be a subset of the second time-frequency resource. The time-frequency resource actually carrying the second PTRS is determined according to the indication information of the DCI for scheduling the second data. The indication information will select one of the time-frequency resources of a plurality of candidate second PTRSs, and the second time-frequency resource includes the DCI The indicated time-frequency resources of multiple candidate second PTRSs.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备确定多个数据分别对应的PTRS映射的时频资源集合,并确定不在映射PTRS的时频资源集合上解调数据。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the time-frequency resource set mapped to the PTRS corresponding to the multiple data, and determines not to demodulate the data on the time-frequency resource set mapped to the PTRS.
应理解,上述的第一数据和至少一个第二数据不在第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射;或者说第一数据依据第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配;或者说第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源为第一数据的速率匹配资源,基站发送第一数据会根据第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源的位置进行速率匹配,终端设备接收第一数据会根据第一时频资源和至少一个第二时频资源的位置进行数据接收。It should be understood that the aforementioned first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set. The resource set performs rate matching; in other words, the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource are rate-matching resources for the first data, and the base station sends the first data according to the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource Rate matching is performed at the location of, and the terminal device receives the first data according to the location of the first time-frequency resource and at least one second time-frequency resource.
还应理解,上述的剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据;或者,可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
可选的,预设的时频资源集合根据调度该数据的DCI指示的时频资源位置确定;或者,直接根据调度该数据的DCI确定剩余时频资源集合。Optionally, the preset time-frequency resource set is determined according to the time-frequency resource location indicated by the DCI that schedules the data; or, the remaining time-frequency resource set is determined directly according to the DCI that schedules the data.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data and the second data The second data occupies the same carrier; in other words, the first data and the second data occupies the same BWP.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving the first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is used for scheduling respectively The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备为了解调多个数据,需要接收该多个数据分别对应的多个DCI。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, in order to demodulate multiple data, a terminal device needs to receive multiple DCIs corresponding to the multiple data respectively.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合包括:根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,其中,所述第一 MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,其中,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组;所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword includes: determining the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information A set of time-frequency resources, wherein the time-domain density of the first set of time-frequency resources is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, wherein the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration The configuration information directly indicates the size of the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is the The pre-configuration information indicates; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: The pre-configuration information indicates the sub-carriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set; The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and the first time domain start position. 2. The time domain starting position of the data; the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second MCS, wherein the second MCS Is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of second RBs , Wherein the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; the pre-configuration information indicates the first The frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or, the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The associated DMRS port number, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to different CDM groups; the pre-configuration information indicates the second time-frequency resource set The time domain start position of the resource set is the first time domain start position.
应理解,本申请所涉及的基于第一MCS确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度,指的是根据第一MCS和终端设备已知第一传输能力值确定时频资源集合的时域密度。其中,终端设备已知第一传输能力值用于确定第一数据对应的PTRS的时域密度;同理,上述的基于第二MCS确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度,指的是根据第二MCS和终端设备已知第三传输能力值确定时频资源集合的时域密度。其中,终端设备已知第三传输能力值用于确定第二数据对应的PTRS的时域密度。It should be understood that the determination of the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set based on the first MCS referred to in this application refers to the determination of the time-domain density of the time-frequency resource set according to the first MCS and the known first transmission capability value of the terminal device . Wherein, the first transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; in the same way, the aforementioned determination of the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second MCS refers to The second MCS and the terminal device know the third transmission capability value to determine the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set. The third transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
还应理解,本申请所涉及的第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,指的是根据第一RB和终端设备已知第二传输能力值确定时频资源集合的频域密度。其中,终端设备已知第二传输能力值用于确定第一数据对应的PTRS的频域密度;同理,上述的基于第二RB确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度,指的是根据第二RB和终端设备已知第四传输能力值确定时频资源集合的频域密度。其中,终端设备已知第四传输能力值用于确定第二数据对应的PTRS的频域密度。It should also be understood that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the number of the first resource block RB, which refers to determining the time-frequency resource set according to the first RB and the known second transmission capability value of the terminal device The frequency domain density. The second transmission capability value known by the terminal device is used to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the first data; similarly, the above-mentioned determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the second RB refers to The second RB and the terminal device know the fourth transmission capability value to determine the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set. Wherein, the terminal device knows the fourth transmission capability value to determine the frequency domain density of the PTRS corresponding to the second data.
还应理解,本申请涉及的通过指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置,是因为能够根据第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号确定第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;同理,通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置,是因为能够根据第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号确定第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波。It should also be understood that the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set in this application because it can be based on the DMRS associated with the first time-frequency resource set. The port number determines the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; similarly, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, This is because the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB can be determined according to the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
还应理解,本申请所涉及的确定第一时频资源集合,还包括:确定第一时频资源集合占用的RB,具体地,以第一数据来说,第一时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第一DCI调度的第一数据占用的RB、以第二数据来说,第一时频资源集合占用的RB为上文 所述的第二DCI调度的第二数据占用的RB;同理,本申请所涉及的确定第二时频资源集合,还包括:确定第二时频资源集合占用的RB,具体地,以第一数据来说,第二时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第一DCI调度的第一数据占用的RB、以第二数据来说,第二时频资源集合占用的RB为上文所述的第二DCI调度的第二数据占用的RB。It should also be understood that the determination of the first time-frequency resource set involved in this application further includes: determining the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, specifically, in terms of the first data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set The RBs occupied by the first data scheduled for the first DCI described above, for the second data, the RBs occupied by the first time-frequency resource set are occupied by the second data scheduled for the second DCI described above RB; for the same reason, the determination of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application also includes: determining the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, in the first data, the second time-frequency resource set occupied The RB is the RB occupied by the first data scheduled by the first DCI described above. For the second data, the RB occupied by the second time-frequency resource set is the second data occupied by the second DCI schedule described above. RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备能够根据预配置信息确定第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second Time-frequency resource collection.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备能够接收网络设备发送的高层信令,基于该高层信令确定上述的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合之后。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can receive high-level signaling sent by the network device, and based on the high-level signaling, after determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。其中,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最高的子载波到频率最低的子载波依次顺序编号,或者,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最低的子载波到频率最高的子载波依次顺序编号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: determining the first demodulation of the first data according to the first DCI Reference signal DMRS port number; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number At least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003 is included, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even-numbered subcarrier in each RB A preset subcarrier; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1003, or the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the first DMRS is the first DMRS Two types, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the second time-frequency resource set The resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB. Among them, the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第二时频资源集合的频域位置具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第二时频资源集合的频域位置。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the first DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号1的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号02的子载波。具体地,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外预设的一个的子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波;所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波包括:所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or, the second time-frequency resource set is located in each RB The subcarrier numbered 1 is internally occupied; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 02 in each RB. Specifically, the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier in each RB with an odd number of subcarriers, including: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier with a number 1 in each RB Sub-carrier; or, the second time-frequency resource set occupies an even number of sub-carriers in each RB and a preset sub-carrier includes: the second time-frequency resource set occupies a sub-carrier number in each RB 0; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource set is located at every RB A subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB; the second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB, including: the second time-frequency resource The set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,在确定上述第一时频资源集合占用的子载波可以为一个RB内的多个子载波中的任意一个时,一般选择该多个子载波中编号最小的子载波作为该第一时频资源集合占用的子载波,也可以选择编号最大的子载波作为第一时频资源集合占用的子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set may be any one of the multiple subcarriers in one RB, the number of the multiple subcarriers is generally selected The smallest subcarrier is used as the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set, and the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes: determining a second demodulation reference corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI Signal DMRS port number; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002 , Or, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset sub-carrier among the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes port At least one of the numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or the first time-frequency resource set is preset in each RB that occupies an even-numbered subcarrier If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004 , Or, the first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the second DMRS is of the second type , And the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or the first time-frequency resource set In each RB, a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 is occupied.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一时频资源集合的频域位置具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第二DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第二DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第一时频资源集合的频域位置。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set is specifically which subcarrier in one RB can be determined according to the type of the second DMRS port number and the specific port number, thereby Only by determining the second DMRS port number, the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段和/或所述第二字段用于指示第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field and/or the second field are used In order to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data, the position relationship includes at least one of the following: time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data Completely overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备接收到的DCI中包含指示第一数据和第二数据占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系的字段。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the DCI received by the terminal device includes a field indicating the positional relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data.
可选的,第一数据和第二数据位于相同的时间单元内,时间单元为slot,或者正交频分多路复用技术(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,或者码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)符号。Optionally, the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit. The time unit is a slot, or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or code division multiple access (code division multiple access). division multiple access, CDMA) symbol.
可选的,第一数据和第二数据占用的OFDM符号存在重叠的部分。Optionally, the OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and the second data overlap.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度包括:若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定(第一字段中的两个状态值对 应所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时频资源部分重叠,且分别对应X=2和X=4)或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度包括:若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the location relationship used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes: if the first data and the second data occupy the Time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency of the first time-frequency resource set The domain density is determined based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the first time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density of is equal to X, and the X is determined according to the first field (the two state values in the first field correspond to the partial overlap of the time-frequency resources occupied by the first data and the second data, and respectively correspond to X = 2 and X = 4) or determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or the location relationship used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes: if the The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively completely overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set, wherein, The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resource portions occupied by the first data and the second data respectively Overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, the Y is determined according to the second field or is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系能够用于指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度与第一时频资源集合的频域密度的关系。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set. The relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
第三方面,提供了一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据预设的调制编码方式MCS确定、所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据预设的资源块RB数量确定;确定第一时频资源集合,所述第一时频资源集合用于映射相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述PTRS用于解调第一数据;发送所述第一数据,其中,剩余时频资源集合用于映射所述第一数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合。In a third aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: determining a second time-frequency resource set, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding mode MCS, The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset number of resource block RBs; the first time-frequency resource set is determined, and the first time-frequency resource set is used to map the phase tracking reference signal PTRS, and the PTRS is used In demodulating the first data; sending the first data, wherein the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first data A set of time-frequency resources and a set of time-frequency resources other than the second set of time-frequency resources.
可选的,上述的第一数据不在所述第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合映射也可以描述为:所述第一数据依据第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配。Optionally, the above-mentioned first data is not mapped between the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set and may also be described as: the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set. The resource collection performs rate matching.
应理解,上述的剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于映射第一数据;或者,可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于映射第一数据。It should be understood that the above-mentioned remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data; or it can be understood as the remaining time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备在发送数据之前基于预设的调制编码方式MCS和预设的资源块RB数量确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第二时频资源集合,以及确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第一时频资源集合,该第一时频资源集合为能够用于映射解调第一数据的PTRS的频资源集合,网络设备在确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合之后,发送该第一数据。也就是说网络设备能够在发送数据之前根据预设的MCS和预设的RB数量确定第二时频资源集合,提高发送数据的性能。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiments of the present application, the network device determines that the first data cannot be mapped on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data based on the preset modulation and coding mode MCS and the preset number of resource blocks RB before sending data. A second set of time-frequency resources for data, and a first set of time-frequency resources that cannot be mapped to the first data on the set of time-frequency resources that carry the first data, and the first set of time-frequency resources can be used for mapping, demodulating, and A set of frequency resources of the PTRS of the data, after determining that the first set of time-frequency resources and the second set of time-frequency resources that cannot map the first data on the set of time-frequency resources carrying the first data, the network device sends the first data. That is to say, the network device can determine the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the preset number of RBs before sending data, so as to improve the performance of sending data.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,还包括:确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;以及,确定所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the method further includes: determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determining the time of the second time-frequency resource set The starting position of the domain.
可选的,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS,第二PTRS用于解调第二数据。Optionally, the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second data.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
其中,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS可以理解为第二时频资源集合中的部分 时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS;或者,还可以理解为第二时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS。Wherein, the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS can be understood as part of the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS; or it can also be understood as the second time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets of are used to carry the second PTRS.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备确定第二时频资源集合还需要确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置和时域位置,其中,第二时频资源集合的频域位置理解为第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波,从而能够精确地确定第二时频资源集合。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, the network device to determine the second time-frequency resource set also needs to determine the frequency domain position and the time domain position of the second time-frequency resource set. The frequency domain position is understood as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB, so that the second time-frequency resource set can be accurately determined.
示例性地,第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置不晚于上述第一数据的时域起始位置。Exemplarily, the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is not later than the time domain start position of the first data.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:直接确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,确定所述第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,所述DMRS端口号指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB includes: directly determining that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Or, determining the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port number indicates the sub-carrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB.
可选的,确定所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号具体为,根据调度第一数据的DCI中的第一DMRS端口号确定所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,其中,第一DMRS为所述第一数据的DMRS端口号,第一DMRS端口号与所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号不同,具体为,占用不同的CDM组。或者,根据调度第一数据的DCI中的第二DMRS端口号,第二DMRS端口号与第一DMRS端口号不同。Optionally, determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set specifically includes determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set according to the first DMRS port number in the DCI where the first data is scheduled. Wherein, the first DMRS is the DMRS port number of the first data, and the first DMRS port number is different from the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, specifically, different CDM groups are occupied. Or, according to the second DMRS port number in the DCI where the first data is scheduled, the second DMRS port number is different from the first DMRS port number.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备在确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置时,可以是直接指定该第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波,或者,间接指示第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波。例如,通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,并根据协议中预先定义的DMRS端口号与一个RB内子载波的对应关系,确定第二时频资源在每个RB内占用哪些子载波,为确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置提供灵活的选择方案。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, when determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set, the network device may directly specify which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB Or, indirectly indicate which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB. For example, by indicating the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, and determining which sub-carriers the second time-frequency resource occupies in each RB according to the correspondence between the DMRS port number predefined in the protocol and the subcarriers in one RB , To provide a flexible selection scheme for determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:第一子载波,其中,在一个RB内所述第一子载波与用于解调所述第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波相异。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: a first subcarrier, wherein the first subcarrier in one RB The carrier is different from the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备确定第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波可以是通过将一个RB内用于解调第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波之外的子载波中的一个作为第二时频资源集合占用的子载波,从而只需确定解调第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波即可以确定第二时频资源集合占用的子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, the network device determining which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB may be occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data in one RB. One of the subcarriers other than the subcarriers is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS that demodulates the first data needs to be determined can determine the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set .
应理解,用于解调第一数据的DMRS可以称之为第一DMRS。其中,第一DMRS的端口号基于第一下行控制信息DCI确定。也就是说,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,上述的方法还包括:发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一数据,其中,第一DCI用于指示第一DMRS端口号。It should be understood that the DMRS used to demodulate the first data may be referred to as the first DMRS. The port number of the first DMRS is determined based on the first downlink control information DCI. That is to say, in some implementations of the third aspect, the above method further includes: sending a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is used to indicate the first DMRS port number.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一子载波包括:若第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为奇数中预设的一个子载波,其中,所述第一DMRS为所述解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的DMRS端口号;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为偶数中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS 端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。其中,第一类型的DMRS的端口号1000、1001、1004、1005属于CDM组0,第一类型的DMRS的端口号1002、1003、1006、1007属于CDM组1;第二类型的DMRS的端口号1000、1001、1006、1007属于CDM组0,第二类型的DMRS的端口号1002、1003、1008、1009属于CDM组1,第二类型的DMRS的端口号1004、1005、1010、1011属于CDM组2。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first subcarrier includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001 One, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number within an RB, wherein the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS used to demodulate the first data; if The first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, and the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB; If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 If the first DMRS is of the second type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first The subcarrier is a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB. Among them, the port numbers 1000, 1001, 1004, 1005 of the first type of DMRS belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers of the first type DMRS 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 belong to CDM group 1; the port number of the second type of DMRS 1000, 1001, 1006, 1007 belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1008, 1009 of the second type of DMRS belong to CDM group 1, and the port numbers of the second type DMRS 1004, 1005, 1010, 1011 belong to the CDM group 2.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一子载波具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第一子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, which subcarrier within an RB is specifically the first subcarrier can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS needs to be determined. The port number can then determine the above-mentioned first subcarrier.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一子载波的编号为0;或者,所述第一子载波的编号为1;或者,所述第一子载波的编号为2。具体地,当所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为1的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外预设的一个的子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为2的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个的子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。其中,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最高的子载波到频率最低的子载波依次顺序编号,或者,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最低的子载波到频率最高的子载波依次顺序编号。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the number of the first subcarrier is 0; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 1; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 2. . Specifically, when the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset among odd-numbered subcarriers in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB; When the first subcarrier is a preset subcarrier among even-numbered subcarriers in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB; when the first subcarrier When it is a preset subcarrier in one RB except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 2 in one RB; when the first subcarrier When it is a subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB. Among them, the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,在确定上述第一子载波可以为一个RB内的多个子载波中的任意一个时,一般选择该多个子载波中编号最小的子载波作为该第一子载波,也可以选择编号最大的子载波作为第一子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiments of the present application, when it is determined that the first subcarrier can be any one of the multiple subcarriers in an RB, the subcarrier with the smallest number among the multiple subcarriers is generally selected as the For the first subcarrier, the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the first subcarrier.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号包括:第二DMRS端口号,其中,所述第二DMRS端口号与解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的第一DMRS端口号相异。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number The first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data is different.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,第一DMRS和第二DMRS处于不同的CDM组内,即网络设备确定第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号可以是将解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的第一DMRS端口号之外的端口号作为第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即可以确定第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups, that is, the network device determines that the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set may be demodulated. Port numbers other than the first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS of the first data are used as the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined to determine the second time-frequency resource set associated DMRS port number.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二DMRS端口号包括:若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1002或者1003;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1000;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1004或者1005;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个, 所述第二DMRS端口号为1000。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second DMRS port number includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes port numbers 1000 and 1001 If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003; The second DMRS port number is 1000; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005; if The first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the second DMRS port number is 1000.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第二DMRS端口号具体为一个CDM组内的哪个端口号能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第二DMRS端口号。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the second DMRS port number is specifically which port number in a CDM group can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined. A DMRS port number can determine the above-mentioned second DMRS port number.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第二时频资源集合。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending high-layer signaling, wherein the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the second set of time-frequency resources.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备在确定了上述的第二时频资源集合之后,能够通过高层信令告知接收第一数据的终端设备,从而终端设备能够确定不在第二时频资源集合上解调该第一数据。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, after determining the second time-frequency resource set, the network device can notify the terminal device receiving the first data through high-layer signaling, so that the terminal device can determine that it is not in the first data set. Demodulate the first data on the second time-frequency resource set.
第四方面,提供了一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据预设的调制编码方式MCS确定、所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据预设的资源块RB数量确定;确定第一时频资源集合,第一时频资源集合用于映射PTRS,所述PTRS用于解调第一数据;接收所述第一数据,其中,剩余时频资源集合用于映射所述第一数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合。In a fourth aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: determining a second time-frequency resource set, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding mode MCS, The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset number of resource block RBs; the first time-frequency resource set is determined, the first time-frequency resource set is used for mapping PTRS, and the PTRS is used for demodulating the first data Receiving the first data, wherein the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set divided by the first time-frequency resource set and A set of time-frequency resources other than the second set of time-frequency resources.
可选的,上述的第一数据不在所述第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合上映射也可以描述为:所述第一数据依据第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配。Optionally, that the aforementioned first data is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set can also be described as: the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set. Frequency resource collection for rate matching.
应理解,上述的剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于映射第一数据;或者,可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于映射第一数据。It should be understood that the above-mentioned remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data; or it can be understood as the remaining time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备在接收数据之前基于预设的调制编码方式MCS和预设的资源块RB数量确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第二时频资源集合,以及确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第一时频资源集合,该第一时频资源集合为映射解调第一数据的PTRS的频资源集合,网络设备在确定承载第一数据的时频资源集合上不能映射第一数据的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合之后,发送该第一数据。也就是说终端设备能够在接收到第一数据时根据预设的MCS和预设的RB数量确定第二时频资源集合,提高接收数据的性能。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines that the first data cannot be mapped on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data based on the preset modulation and coding scheme MCS and the preset number of resource blocks RB before receiving the data. A second set of time-frequency resources for data, and a first set of time-frequency resources that cannot be mapped to the first data on the set of time-frequency resources that carry the first data, and the first set of time-frequency resources is used for mapping and demodulating the first data For the frequency resource set of the PTRS, the network device sends the first data after determining that the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set that cannot map the first data on the time-frequency resource set carrying the first data. That is to say, the terminal device can determine the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the preset number of RBs when receiving the first data, thereby improving the performance of receiving data.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,还包括:确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;以及,确定所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: determining the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determining the time of the second time-frequency resource set The starting position of the domain.
可选的,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS,第二PTRS用于解调第二数据。Optionally, the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second data.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
其中,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS可以理解为第二时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS;或者,还可以理解为第二时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS。Wherein, the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS can be understood as part of the second time-frequency resource set used to carry the second PTRS; or it can also be understood as the second time-frequency resource set All time-frequency resource sets of are used to carry the second PTRS.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备确定第二时频资源集合还需 要确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置和时域位置,其中,第二时频资源集合的频域位置理解为第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波,从而能够精确地确定第二时频资源集合。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device also needs to determine the frequency domain position and the time domain position of the second time-frequency resource set when determining the second time-frequency resource set. The frequency domain position is understood as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB, so that the second time-frequency resource set can be accurately determined.
示例性地,第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置不晚于上述第一数据的时域起始位置。Exemplarily, the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is not later than the time domain start position of the first data.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:直接确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,确定所述第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,所述DMRS端口号指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB includes: directly determining that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Or, determining the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port number indicates the sub-carrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备在确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置时,可以是直接确定该第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波,或者,间接确定第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波。例如,通过确定第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,该DMRS端口号用于确定第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波,为确定第二时频资源集合的频域位置提供灵活的选择方案。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, when determining the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set, the terminal device may directly determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB Or, indirectly determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB. For example, by determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, the DMRS port number is used to determine which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB, in order to determine the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set The location provides flexible options.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:第一子载波,其中,在一个RB内所述第一子载波与用于解调所述第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波相异。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: the first subcarrier, wherein the first subcarrier in one RB The carrier is different from the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备确定第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用哪些子载波可以是通过将一个RB内用于解调第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波之外的子载波中的一个作为第二时频资源集合占用的子载波,从而只需确定解调第一数据的DMRS占用的子载波即可以确定第二时频资源集合占用的子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determining which subcarriers the second time-frequency resource set occupies in each RB may be occupied by the DMRS used to demodulate the first data in one RB. One of the subcarriers other than the subcarriers is used as the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the subcarrier occupied by the DMRS that demodulates the first data needs to be determined can determine the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一子载波包括:若第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为奇数中预设的一个子载波,其中,所述第一DMRS为所述解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的DMRS端口号;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为偶数中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。其中,第一类型的DMRS的端口号1000、1001、1004、1005属于CDM组0,第一类型的DMRS的端口号1002、1003、1006、1007属于CDM组1;第二类型的DMRS的端口号1000、1001、1006、1007属于CDM组0,第二类型的DMRS的端口号1002、1003、1008、1009属于CDM组1,第二类型的DMRS的端口号1004、1005、1010、1011属于CDM组2。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first subcarrier includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001 One, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number within an RB, wherein the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS used to demodulate the first data; if The first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, and the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB; If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 If the first DMRS is of the second type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first The subcarrier is a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB. Among them, the port numbers 1000, 1001, 1004, 1005 of the first type of DMRS belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers of the first type DMRS 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 belong to CDM group 1; the port number of the second type of DMRS 1000, 1001, 1006, 1007 belong to CDM group 0, the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1008, 1009 of the second type of DMRS belong to CDM group 1, and the port numbers of the second type DMRS 1004, 1005, 1010, 1011 belong to the CDM group 2.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一子载波具体为一个RB内的哪个子载波能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第一子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, which subcarrier within an RB is specifically the first subcarrier can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS needs to be determined. The port number can then determine the above-mentioned first subcarrier.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,第一子载波的编号为0;或者,所述第一子载波的编号为1;或者,所述第一子载波的编号为2。具体地,当所述第一子载波 为一个RB内的编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为1的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外预设的一个的子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为2的子载波;当所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个的子载波时,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。其中,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最高的子载波到频率最低的子载波依次顺序编号,或者,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最低的子载波到频率最高的子载波依次顺序编号。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the number of the first subcarrier is 0; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 1; or, the number of the first subcarrier is 2. . Specifically, when the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset among odd-numbered subcarriers in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB; When the first subcarrier is a preset subcarrier among even-numbered subcarriers in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB; when the first subcarrier When it is a preset subcarrier in one RB except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 2 in one RB; when the first subcarrier When it is a subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in one RB, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB. Among them, the sub-carrier number is sequentially numbered from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Number in sequence.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,在确定上述第一子载波可以为一个RB内的多个子载波中的任意一个时,一般选择该多个子载波中编号最小的子载波作为该第一子载波,也可以选择编号最大的子载波作为第一子载波。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiments of the present application, when it is determined that the first subcarrier can be any one of the multiple subcarriers in an RB, the subcarrier with the smallest number among the multiple subcarriers is generally selected as the For the first subcarrier, the subcarrier with the largest number may also be selected as the first subcarrier.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号包括:第二DMRS端口号,其中,所述第二DMRS端口号与解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的第一DMRS端口号相异。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number The first DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data is different.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备设备确定第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号可以是将一个CDM组内解调所述第一数据的DMRS对应的第一DMRS端口号之外的端口号作为第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,从而只需确定一个CDM组内第一DMRS端口号即可以确定第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device device determining the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set may be the first DMRS corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first data in a CDM group Port numbers other than the port number are used as the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, so that only the first DMRS port number in one CDM group needs to be determined to determine the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二DMRS端口号包括:若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1002或者1003;若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1000;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1004或者1005;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1000。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second DMRS port number includes: if the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes port numbers 1000 and 1001 If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003; The second DMRS port number is 1000; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005; if The first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the second DMRS port number is 1000.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第二DMRS端口号具体为一个CDM组内的哪个端口号能够根据第一DMRS端口号的类型和具体端口号确定,从而只需确定第一DMRS端口号即能够确定上述第二DMRS端口号。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the second DMRS port number is specifically which port number in a CDM group can be determined according to the type of the first DMRS port number and the specific port number, so that only the first DMRS port number needs to be determined. A DMRS port number can determine the above-mentioned second DMRS port number.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据;所述第一DCI用于指示所述第一DMRS端口号。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule the first data; and the first DCI Used to indicate the first DMRS port number.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备在解调第一数据之前,会接收到网络设备下发的调度第一数据的第一DCI,并且该第一DCI能够指示上述的第一DMRS端口号。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, before demodulating the first data, the terminal device will receive the first DCI issued by the network device for scheduling the first data, and the first DCI can indicate the aforementioned The first DMRS port number.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信 道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; in other words, the transmission beam indicated by the first DCI and the first The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第二时频资源集合。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource set.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备还可以是在接收到网络设备发送的指示第二时频资源集合的高层信令之后,确定不在第二时频资源集合上解调该第一数据。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also determine not to demodulate on the second time-frequency resource set after receiving the high-level signaling indicating the second time-frequency resource set sent by the network device The first data.
第五方面,提供一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:发送第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度第一数据;所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。In a fifth aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: sending first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is respectively used to schedule at least one second data, The first DCI is used to schedule first data; the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the second field is used to indicate the The positional relationship of the set of time-frequency resources occupied by the first data and the second data, where the positional relationship includes at least one of the following: the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap ; The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
可选的,第一数据和第二数据位于相同的时间单元内,时间单元为slot,或者,OFDM符号,或者CDMA符号。Optionally, the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备能够在DCI中增加指示不同数据占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系的字段。According to the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application, a network device can add a field in the DCI that indicates the location relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述位置关系用于确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。其中,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS,第二PTRS用于解析第二数据;所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一PTRS,第一PTRS用于解析第一数据。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; if the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or the frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on The frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set Equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain of the first time-frequency resource set Density; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency of the second time-frequency resource set Domain density, wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI; if the time domain resources and/or occupied by the first data and the second data respectively Or the frequency domain resources partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, the Y is determined according to the second field or is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4. Wherein, the second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to parse the second data; the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to parse the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系能够用于指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度与第一时频资源集合的频域密度的关系。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set. The relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
第六方面,提供一种用于数据传输的方法,包括:接收第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,所述至少一个第二DCI与至少一个第二数据一一对应,其中,所述第一DCI用于解调第一数据,第二DCI用于解调对应的第二数据;所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。In a sixth aspect, a method for data transmission is provided, including: receiving first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, the at least one second DCI corresponds to at least one second data in a one-to-one correspondence, wherein, The first DCI is used to demodulate first data, and the second DCI is used to demodulate corresponding second data; the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the The first field or the second field is used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following: first data and second data The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied respectively completely overlap; the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied respectively by the first data and the second data partially overlap; the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or frequency domain resources do not overlap.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
可选的,第一数据和第二数据位于相同的时间单元内,时间单元为slot,或者,OFDM符号,或者CDMA符号。Optionally, the first data and the second data are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,终端设备接收到的DCI中增加有指示不同数据占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系的字段。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the DCI received by the terminal device is added with a field indicating the positional relationship of time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by different data.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述位置关系用于确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。其中,第二时频资源集合用于承载第二PTRS,第二PTRS用于解析第二数据;所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一PTRS,第一PTRS用于解析第一数据。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set; if the time domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively And/or the frequency domain resources completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on The frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set Equal to X, the X is determined according to the first field or the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; and/or the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain of the first time-frequency resource set Density; if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency of the second time-frequency resource set Domain density, wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI; if the time domain resources and/or occupied by the first data and the second data respectively Or the frequency domain resources partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, the Y is determined according to the second field or is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4. The second time-frequency resource set is used to carry the second PTRS, and the second PTRS is used to parse the second data; the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to parse the first data.
根据本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,上述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源的位置关系能够用于指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度与第一时频资源集合的频域密度的关系。According to the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the position relationship of the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data can be used to indicate the frequency domain of the second time-frequency resource set. The relationship between the density and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
第七方面,提供了一种用于数据传输的装置,该装置可以用来执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面及第一方面、第三方面、第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作。具体地,用于数据传输的装置包括用于执行上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面、第三方面、第五方面的网络设备或网络设备内部芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a seventh aspect, a device for data transmission is provided. The device can be used to implement the first, third, fifth and any possible implementation manners of the first, third, and fifth aspects The operation of the network equipment in. Specifically, the device for data transmission includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first, third, and fifth aspects above. The means may be the first, third, and fifth aspects. Aspects of network equipment or internal chips or functional modules of network equipment. The steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第八方面,提供了一种用于数据传输的装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面及第二方面、第四方面、第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的终端设备的操作。具体地,该用于数据传输的装置可以包括用于执行上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第二方面、第四方面、第六方面的终端设备或终端设备内部芯片或终端设备。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In an eighth aspect, a device for data transmission is provided. The device can be used to perform any of the second, fourth, sixth, and second, fourth, and sixth aspects. The operation of the terminal device in the implementation mode. Specifically, the device for data transmission may include means for performing the steps or functions described in the second, fourth, and sixth aspects above. The means may be the second, fourth, The sixth aspect of the terminal device or the internal chip of the terminal device or the terminal device. The steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第九方面,提供了一种用于数据传输的设备,包括,处理器,收发器,存储器,该存 储器用于存储计算机程序,该收发器,用于执行第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的用于数据传输的方法中的收发步骤,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该用于数据传输的设备执行第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的用于数据传输的方法。In a ninth aspect, a device for data transmission is provided, including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the transceiver is used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects In a possible implementation manner, for the transceiving step in the method for data transmission, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device for data transmission executes any one of the first to sixth aspects. The method used for data transmission in the implementation mode.
可选地,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
可选的,收发器包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the transceiver includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第十方面,提供了一种系统,系统包括第七方面和第八方面提供的用于数据传输的装置。In a tenth aspect, a system is provided, and the system includes the apparatus for data transmission provided in the seventh and eighth aspects.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute any of the first to sixth aspects. One of the possible implementation methods.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first to sixth aspects above Any one of the possible implementation methods.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes The method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing first to sixth aspects.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图2中(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的终端设备接收下行控制信息的示意图。(A) and (b) in FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of receiving downlink control information by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图3是一种多个网络设备发送多个下行控制信息的示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of multiple network devices sending multiple downlink control information.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种用于数据传输的方法示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种用于数据传输的方法示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的具体实施例一的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of specific embodiment one provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图7是本申请提出的用于数据传输的装置10的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the device 10 for data transmission proposed in this application.
图8是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备20的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请提出的用于数据传输的装置30的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the device 30 for data transmission proposed in this application.
图10是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备40的结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 40 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,应理解,该无线通信系统中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,Home evolved NodeB,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(BaseBand Unit,BBU),无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(Access Point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device. It should be understood that the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. The equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BaseBand Unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (Access Point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , The gNB in the system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or the network node that constitutes the gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements part of the functions of gNB, and DU implements part of the functions of gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且, 本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be provided according to the embodiments of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100。该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如,图1所示的第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120。第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120均可以与终端设备130通过无线空口进行通信。第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。Fig. 1 is a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, for example, the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 shown in FIG. 1. Both the first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 130 through a wireless air interface. The first network device 110 and the second network device 120 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
该无线通信系统100还包括位于第一网络设备110和第二网络设备120覆盖范围内的一个或多个终端设备(user equipment,UE)130。该终端设备130可以是移动的或固定的。终端设备130可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(core network)进行通信。The wireless communication system 100 further includes one or more user equipment (UE) 130 located within the coverage area of the first network device 110 and the second network device 120. The terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed. The terminal device 130 may communicate with one or more core networks (core networks) via a radio access network (RAN).
该无线通信系统100可以支持协作多点(coordinated multipoint,CoMP)传输,即,多个小区或多个传输点(serving transmission reception point,serving TRP)可以协作,在同一时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据或者在部分重叠的时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据或者在不同的时频资源集合上向同一个终端设备发送数据。其中,该多个小区可以属于相同的网络设备或者不同的网络设备,并且可以根据信道增益或路径损耗、接收信号强度、接收信号指令等来选择。The wireless communication system 100 can support coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission, that is, multiple cells or multiple transmission points (serving transmission reception points, serving TRP) can cooperate to communicate to the same time-frequency resource set. The terminal device sends data or sends data to the same terminal device on partially overlapping time-frequency resource sets or sends data to the same terminal device on different time-frequency resource sets. Wherein, the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instruction, and the like.
该无线通信系统100中的终端设备130可以支持多点传输,即,该终端设备130可以与第一网络设备110通信,也可以与第二网络设备120通信,其中,第一网络设备110可以作为服务网络设备,服务网络设备是指该通过无线空口协议为终端设备提供无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接、非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)移动性管理和安全性输入等服务的网络设备。The terminal device 130 in the wireless communication system 100 can support multipoint transmission, that is, the terminal device 130 can communicate with the first network device 110 or the second network device 120, where the first network device 110 can serve as Serving network equipment. Serving network equipment refers to the provision of radio resource control (RRC) connection, non-access stratum (NAS) mobility management and security input for terminal equipment through the wireless air interface protocol Service network equipment.
可选地,该第一网络设备可以为服务网络设备,该第二网络设备可以为协作网络设备;或者,第一网络设备可以为协作网络设备,第二网络设备为服务网络设备。其中,该服务网络设备可以向终端设备发送控制信令,该协作网络设备可以向终端设备发送数据;或者,该服务网络设备可以向终端设备发送控制信令,该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向该终端设备发送数据,或者,该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向终端设备发送控制信令,并且该服务网络设备和该协作网络设备可以同时向该终端设备发送数据。本申请实施例对此并未特别限定。Optionally, the first network device may be a serving network device, and the second network device may be a cooperative network device; or, the first network device may be a cooperative network device and the second network device may be a serving network device. Wherein, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, and the cooperative network device may send data to the terminal device; or, the serving network device may send control signaling to the terminal device, the serving network device and the cooperative network device Data can be sent to the terminal device at the same time, or the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send control signaling to the terminal device at the same time, and the serving network device and the cooperative network device can send data to the terminal device at the same time. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
以第一网络设备为服务网络设备,第二网络设备为协作网络设备为例,该第二网络设备的数量可以是一个或多个,且与第一网络设备为满足不同准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL)的网络设备。其中,天线端口QCL定义为从QCL的天线端口发送出的信号会经过相同的大尺度衰落,大尺度衰落包括时延扩展、多普勒扩展、多普勒频移、平均信道增益和平均时延。Taking the first network device as the service network device, and the second network device as the cooperative network device as an example, the number of the second network device can be one or more, and the number of the second network device and the first network device are different quasi- co-location, QCL) network equipment. Among them, the antenna port QCL is defined as the signal sent from the antenna port of the QCL will undergo the same large-scale fading. Large-scale fading includes delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average channel gain, and average delay. .
可以理解的是,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以都为服务网络设备。例如,在无小区(non-cell)的场景中,或者在多小区的场景中,第一网络设备和第二网络设备均为各自小区中的服务网络设备。It can be understood that both the first network device and the second network device may be serving network devices. For example, in a non-cell (non-cell) scenario or in a multi-cell scenario, the first network device and the second network device are both serving network devices in respective cells.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例同样也适用于具有非QCL的天线端口的同一网络设备。即,该网络设备可以配置有不同的天线面板,同一网络设备中归属不同的天线面板的天线端口可能是非QCL的,其对应的小区特定参考信号(cell-specific reference signal,CRS)资源配置也可能是不同的。It should also be noted that the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to the same network device with non-QCL antenna ports. That is, the network device can be configured with different antenna panels, the antenna ports belonging to different antenna panels in the same network device may be non-QCL, and the corresponding cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource configuration may also be possible Is different.
为便于理解本申请实施例,在描述本申请实施例的用于数据传输的方法之前,首先简单介绍几个基本的概念以及码字到层、层到天线端口的映射关系。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, before describing the method for data transmission in the embodiments of the present application, a few basic concepts and the mapping relationship between codewords to layers and layers to antenna ports are briefly introduced.
1、时频资源集合。1. Time-frequency resource collection.
在3GPP的新无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR)系统中,系统的下行资源从时间上看被划分成了多个正交频分复用多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple,OFDM)符号,从频率上看被划分成了若干个子载波。In the new radio access technology (NR) system of 3GPP, the downlink resources of the system are divided into multiple orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDM) symbols in terms of time. , In terms of frequency, it is divided into several sub-carriers.
下行链路中的物理下行链路控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)通常占用一个子帧中前两个或前三个OFDM符号。PDCCH用于承载下行链路控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in the downlink usually occupies the first two or the first three OFDM symbols in a subframe. The PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中携带了终端设备特定的资源分配控制信息以及终端设备特定的控制信息或小区共享的其他控制信息。系统的上行链路中的物理上行链路共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)用于承载上行发送数据,通常使用离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用多址(discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiple,DFT-S-OFDM)生成频域信号。一般地,一个时隙(slot)通常包括14个OFDM符号。系统中还定义了物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)的大小,一个PRB在频域上包含12个子载波,在某个OFDM符号内的某个子载波称为资源元素(resource element,RE)。具体地,本申请中将PRB可以称为资源块(resource block,RB)。The DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device carries terminal device-specific resource allocation control information and terminal device-specific control information or other control information shared by the cell. The physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the uplink of the system is used to carry the uplink transmission data, and the discrete Fourier transform is usually used to extend the orthogonal frequency division multiple access (discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiple access). frequency division multiple (DFT-S-OFDM) generates frequency domain signals. Generally, a slot usually includes 14 OFDM symbols. The size of a physical resource block (PRB) is also defined in the system. A PRB includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and a certain subcarrier in a certain OFDM symbol is called a resource element (RE). Specifically, in this application, the PRB may be referred to as a resource block (resource block, RB).
2、加扰。2. Scrambling.
目前协议中支持传输最大两个码字(code word)。每个码字(例如,码字q)对应一组比特
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000001
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000002
是在物理下行共享信道中传输的该码字的比特数,经过如下加扰操作:
The current protocol supports the transmission of up to two code words. Each codeword (for example, codeword q) corresponds to a set of bits
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000001
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000002
Is the number of bits of the codeword transmitted in the physical downlink shared channel, after the following scrambling operations:
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000003
获得加扰后的码字对应的一组比特
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000004
其中c (q)(i)为加扰序列。
Obtain a set of bits corresponding to the scrambled codeword
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000004
Where c (q) (i) is the scrambling sequence.
3、调制。3. Modulation.
对于每个码字(例如,码字q),经过加扰的码字会采用表1中的所示调制方式获得一组复值调制符号:
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000005
For each codeword (for example, codeword q), the scrambled codeword will use the modulation method shown in Table 1 to obtain a set of complex-valued modulation symbols:
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000005
表1调制方式Table 1 Modulation method
调制方式(modulation scheme)Modulation scheme 调制阶数(modulation order) Modulation order
QPSKQPSK 22
16QAM16QAM 44
64QAM64QAM 66
256QAM256QAM 88
具体地,表1中的四相相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK):是一种数字调制方式。它分为绝对相移和相对相移两种。由于绝对相移方式存在相位模糊问题,所以在实际中主要采用相对移相方式。目前已经广泛应用于无线通信中,成为现代通信中一种十分重要的调制解调方式。Specifically, the quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) in Table 1 is a digital modulation method. It is divided into absolute phase shift and relative phase shift. Since the absolute phase shift method has a phase ambiguity problem, the relative phase shift method is mainly used in practice. It has been widely used in wireless communications and has become a very important modulation and demodulation method in modern communications.
16正交幅度调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM)、64QAM以及256QAM。其中,正交幅度调制,是一种数字调制方式。16QAM是指包含16种符号的QAM调制方式;256QAM,就是用16进制的数字信号进行了正交调幅,星座图上为16*16=256个点。16 Quadrature amplitude modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM), 64QAM and 256QAM. Among them, quadrature amplitude modulation is a digital modulation method. 16QAM refers to a QAM modulation method that contains 16 kinds of symbols; 256QAM is a quadrature amplitude modulation with a hexadecimal digital signal, and 16*16=256 points on the constellation diagram.
4、层映射和天线端口映射。4. Layer mapping and antenna port mapping.
用户面数据以及信令消息在到物理层由空口发送出去之前,需经分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)或无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)或媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层的处理。User plane data and signaling messages need to pass through the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) or radio link control (RLC) or media access control (media access control) before being sent out through the air interface at the physical layer. Access control, MAC) layer processing.
在物理层处理的数据为MAC层的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU),即,数据流。来自上层的数据流进行信道编码之后称为码字。不同的码字区分不同的数据流。由于码字的数量与发送天线数量不一致,可以将码字映射到不同的发射天线上,因此需要进行层映射和预编码。其中,层映射可以理解为,按一定的规则将码字重新映射到多个层;预编码可以理解为,将映射到多个层的数据映射到不同的天线端口上。The data processed at the physical layer is a protocol data unit (PDU) of the MAC layer, that is, a data stream. The data stream from the upper layer is called codeword after channel coding. Different codewords distinguish different data streams. Since the number of codewords is inconsistent with the number of transmitting antennas, the codewords can be mapped to different transmitting antennas, so layer mapping and precoding are required. Among them, layer mapping can be understood as remapping codewords to multiple layers according to certain rules; precoding can be understood as mapping data mapped to multiple layers to different antenna ports.
网络设备将数据进行编码获得码字,将码字映射到层,再将映射到多个层的数据映射到天线端口,通过相应的天线端口向终端设备发送数据,并通过相应的天线端口发送解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS),以便于终端设备根据DMRS对接收到的数据进行解调处理,获得原始数据。The network device encodes the data to obtain codewords, maps the codewords to layers, and then maps the data mapped to multiple layers to antenna ports, sends data to the terminal device through the corresponding antenna port, and sends the solution through the corresponding antenna port Modulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), so that the terminal device can demodulate the received data according to the DMRS to obtain the original data.
需要说明的是,天线端口可以理解为,可以被接收端设备所识别的发射天线,或者在空间上可以分别接收的发射天线,此时的天线端口可以理解为虚拟天线端口,即不与某一个物理天线直接对应,而是多个物理天线进行虚拟化之后形成的。天线端口可以根据与该天线端口相关联的参考信号(或者说,导频信号,例如,DMRS或者CRS等)进行定义,比如不同天线端口对应了不同类型的参考信号。不同天线端口也可能对应相同类型的参考信号,此时,不同天线端口为空间的概念,即相同的时频资源上的不同天线端口对应的参考信号通过空间正交性区分。一个天线端口可以是发射端设备上的一根物理天线,也可以是发射端设备上多根物理天线的加权组合。在本申请实施例中,在未作出特别说明的情况下,一个天线端口对应一个参考信号的端口。具体地,经过上述调制后的调制符号根据表2所示的对应关系映射到一层或者多层。每个码字的调制符号
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000006
被映射到层上x(i)=[x (0)(i)...x (υ-1)(i)] T
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000007
其中,v是传输层数,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000008
是每层的调制符号数。向量x(i)=[x (0)(i)...x (υ-1)(i)] T根据如下公式映射到天线端口上:
It should be noted that the antenna port can be understood as a transmitting antenna that can be recognized by the receiving end device, or a transmitting antenna that can be received separately in space. At this time, the antenna port can be understood as a virtual antenna port, that is, it is not connected to a certain one. The physical antennas directly correspond, but are formed after multiple physical antennas are virtualized. The antenna port may be defined according to the reference signal (or pilot signal, for example, DMRS or CRS, etc.) associated with the antenna port. For example, different antenna ports correspond to different types of reference signals. Different antenna ports may also correspond to the same type of reference signal. In this case, different antenna ports are a concept of space, that is, reference signals corresponding to different antenna ports on the same time-frequency resource are distinguished by spatial orthogonality. An antenna port can be a physical antenna on the transmitting end device, or a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas on the transmitting end device. In the embodiment of the present application, unless otherwise specified, one antenna port corresponds to one reference signal port. Specifically, the modulation symbols after the above modulation are mapped to one or more layers according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 2. Modulation symbol for each codeword
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000006
Is mapped to the layer x(i)=[x (0) (i)...x (υ-1) (i)] T ,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000007
Where v is the number of transmission layers,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000008
Is the number of modulation symbols per layer. The vector x(i)=[x (0) (i)...x (υ-1) (i)] T is mapped to the antenna port according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000009
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000010
对一个终端设备而言,现阶段NR支持最大8层的下行数据传输,其中,每个码字支持最大4层的下行传输,且每个码字对应各自独立的编码调制方案(modulation and codeing scheme,MCS),DCI中包含每个码字对应的MCS字段,该字段指示了调制方式、目标码率和谱效率信息。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000010
For a terminal device, NR supports a maximum of 8 layers of downlink data transmission at this stage, where each codeword supports a maximum of 4 layers of downlink transmission, and each codeword corresponds to its own independent modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme). , MCS), the DCI contains the MCS field corresponding to each codeword, and this field indicates the modulation mode, target code rate and spectral efficiency information.
表2码字到层映射Table 2 Codeword to layer mapping
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000011
5、资源映射。5. Resource mapping.
天线端口
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000012
需要传输的数据映射到PRB中的资源元素(resource element,RE)上时,需要传输数据的网络设备和终端设备均遵循如下规则:
Antenna port
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000012
When the data that needs to be transmitted is mapped to the resource element (resource element, RE) in the PRB, the network devices and terminal devices that need to transmit the data follow the following rules:
(1)相应PRB中的RE上不用于传输该数据对应的DMRS和其他共同调度的终端设备的DMRS,其中,DMRS用于数据解调过程中的信道估计;(1) The RE in the corresponding PRB is not used to transmit the DMRS corresponding to the data and the DMRS of other co-scheduled terminal devices, where the DMRS is used for channel estimation in the data demodulation process;
(2)相应PRB中的RE上不用于传输该数据对应的相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)。PTRS用于终端设备在解调数据时进行接收信号的相位噪声补偿(phase noise compensation,PNC)以获得更为精确的信道估计。(2) The RE in the corresponding PRB is not used to transmit the phase tracking reference signal (phase tracking reference signal, PTRS) corresponding to the data. PTRS is used for terminal equipment to perform phase noise compensation (PNC) of the received signal when demodulating data to obtain more accurate channel estimation.
例如,普通相位偏差(common phase error,CPE)会影响时域信道估计,在每个OFDM符号上的相位噪声会出现随机波动,则通过某一个OFDM符号上获得的信道估计(通常基于DMRS获得)应用于其他OFDM符号时会出现相位偏差,以及载波间干扰(inter-carrier interference,ICI)。For example, common phase error (CPE) will affect the time-domain channel estimation. The phase noise on each OFDM symbol will fluctuate randomly, and the channel estimation obtained on a certain OFDM symbol (usually based on DMRS) When applied to other OFDM symbols, phase deviation and inter-carrier interference (ICI) may occur.
网络设备通过DCI指示数据调度信息,包括:The network equipment indicates data scheduling information through DCI, including:
1)用于承载数据的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)所占用的时频资源集合,指示方式是以资源块正交频分复用多址(resource block orthogonal frequency division multiple,RB-OFDM)符号粒度的位图(bitmap),即每一个比特对应一个特定的RB-OFDM符号上是否映射数据;1) The set of time-frequency resources occupied by the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) used to carry data. The indication method is resource block orthogonal frequency division multiple access (resource block orthogonal frequency division multiple, RB -OFDM) symbol granularity bitmap, that is, whether each bit corresponds to a specific RB-OFDM symbol to map data;
2)该PDSCH相关联的DMRS端口号以及端口数,其中,NR中支持多个正交的DMRS端口,每一个正交的DMRS端口对应一个特定的端口号以支持多终端设备配对传输(每个终端设备分别占用不同的正交DMRS端口),DMRS端口数对应了数据的传输层数,即每一层数据均对应一个DMRS端口用于信道估计。2) The DMRS port number and the number of ports associated with the PDSCH. Among them, multiple orthogonal DMRS ports are supported in NR, and each orthogonal DMRS port corresponds to a specific port number to support multi-terminal device paired transmission (each The terminal equipment respectively occupies different orthogonal DMRS ports), the number of DMRS ports corresponds to the number of data transmission layers, that is, each layer of data corresponds to a DMRS port for channel estimation.
NR中支持两种DMRS类型:Two types of DMRS are supported in NR:
第一DMRS类型:支持最大8个正交的DMRS端口。The first DMRS type: supports up to 8 orthogonal DMRS ports.
第二DMRS类型:支持最大12个正交的DMRS端口。The second DMRS type: supports up to 12 orthogonal DMRS ports.
3)该PDSCH承载的数据对应的码字数量,每一个码字可以对应独立的调制编码方式(Modulation coding scheme,MCS)、冗余版本(Redundancy version,RV)、新数据传输指示(New Data indication)。3) The number of codewords corresponding to the data carried by the PDSCH, each codeword can correspond to an independent modulation coding scheme (Modulation coding scheme, MCS), redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV), new data transmission indication (New Data indication) ).
6、PTRS。6. PTRS.
网络设备发送的PTRS仅映射在PDSCH所占用的RB内,即仅当数据调度时才会发送PTRS。该PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式包括:The PTRS sent by the network device is only mapped in the RB occupied by the PDSCH, that is, the PTRS is sent only when data is scheduled. The method for mapping the PTRS to physical resources in the time-frequency domain includes:
时域上:在PDSCH所占的OFDM符号内按照一定的时域密度映射,时域起始位置参考PDSCH的时域起始位置,并保证PDSCH对应的DMRS、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)所占用的RE上不映射PTRS。In the time domain: in the OFDM symbol occupied by the PDSCH, mapping according to a certain time domain density, the time domain start position refers to the time domain start position of the PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH and the channel state information reference signal (channel state information PTRS is not mapped on the RE occupied by reference signal (CSI-RS).
时域密度基于调度该PDSCH的DCI中的MCS字段的指示值确定,如下表3所示,其中,ptrs-MCS1、ptrs-MCS2、ptrs-MCS3、ptrs-MCS4为终端设备上报的阈值。当DCI中指示的MCS值(如表3所示的I MCS)处于不同的MCS阈值范围内时,对应的PTRS时域密度(如表3所示的L PT-RS)会发生变化,比如MCS处于ptrs-MCS1和ptrs-MCS2之间时,时域密度=4表示时域上每4个OFDM符号有一个PTRS占用的RE;比如MCS处于ptrs-MCS3和ptrs-MCS4之间时,时域密度=1表示时域上每个OFDM符号均有一个PTRS占用的RE。 The time domain density is determined based on the indication value of the MCS field in the DCI scheduling the PDSCH, as shown in Table 3 below, where ptrs-MCS1, ptrs-MCS2, ptrs-MCS3, and ptrs-MCS4 are the threshold values reported by the terminal device. When the MCS value indicated in the DCI (I MCS as shown in Table 3) is within different MCS threshold ranges, the corresponding PTRS time domain density (L PT-RS as shown in Table 3) will change, such as MCS When it is between ptrs-MCS1 and ptrs-MCS2, time domain density = 4 means that there is an RE occupied by PTRS for every 4 OFDM symbols in the time domain; for example, when MCS is between ptrs-MCS3 and ptrs-MCS4, the time domain density =1 means that each OFDM symbol in the time domain has an RE occupied by a PTRS.
表3 PTRS时域密度Table 3 PTRS time domain density
调度的MCSScheduled MCS 时域密度(L PT-RS) Time domain density (L PT-RS )
I MCS<ptrs-MCS1 I MCS <ptrs-MCS1 PT-RS不存在PT-RS does not exist
ptrs-MCS1≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS2 ptrs-MCS1≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS2 44
ptrs-MCS2≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS3 ptrs-MCS2≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS3 22
ptrs-MCS3≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS4 ptrs-MCS3≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS4 11
其中,表3中所示的MCS值处于不同的MCS阈值范围内可以称为不同的MCS等级。例如,I MCS<ptrs-MCS1时,称为MCS等级1、ptrs-MCS1≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS2时,称为MCS等级2、ptrs-MCS2≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS3时,称为MCS等级3、ptrs-MCS3≤I MCS<ptrs-MCS4时,称为MCS等级4。并且,MCS等级与PTRS的时域密度一一对应。 Among them, the MCS values shown in Table 3 are within different MCS threshold ranges, which can be referred to as different MCS levels. For example, when I MCS <ptrs-MCS1, it is called MCS level 1, and when ptrs-MCS1≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS2, it is called MCS level 2, and when ptrs-MCS2≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS3, it is called MCS level. 3. When ptrs-MCS3≤I MCS <ptrs-MCS4, it is called MCS level 4. And, the MCS level corresponds to the time domain density of PTRS one-to-one.
频域上:在PDSCH所占的带宽内按照一定的频域密度映射,频域密度基于调度该PDSCH的DCI中的频域资源分配字段所指示的RB数量N RB确定,如表4所示,其中,N RB0、N RB1为终端设备上报的阈值。 In the frequency domain: mapping within the bandwidth occupied by the PDSCH according to a certain frequency domain density, the frequency domain density is determined based on the number of RBs N RB indicated by the frequency domain resource allocation field in the DCI scheduling the PDSCH, as shown in Table 4. Among them, N RB0 and N RB1 are thresholds reported by the terminal device.
表4 PTRS频域密度Table 4 PTRS frequency domain density
RB数量Number of RB 频域密度(K PT-RS) Frequency domain density (K PT-RS )
N RB<N RB0 N RB <N RB0 PTRS不存在PTRS does not exist
N RB0≤N RB<N RB1 N RB0 ≤N RB <N RB1 22
N RB1≤N RB N RB1 ≤N RB 44
其中,表4中所示的RB数量处于不同的RB数量阈值范围内可以称为不同的RB数量等级。例如,N RB<N RB0时,称为RB数量等级1、N RB0≤N RB<N RB1时,称为RB数量等级2、N RB1≤N RB时,称为RB数量等级3。并且,RB数量等级与PTRS的频域密度一一对应。 Wherein, the number of RBs shown in Table 4 is within different RB number threshold ranges, which can be referred to as different RB number levels. For example, when N RB <N RB0 , it is called RB number level 1, and when N RB0 ≤ N RB <N RB1 , it is called RB number level 2, and when N RB1 ≤ N RB , it is called RB number level 3. In addition, the RB number level corresponds to the frequency domain density of the PTRS one to one.
当DCI中指示的RB数量N RB处于不同的RB阈值范围内时,对应的PTRS频域密度会发生变化,比如N RB处于N RB0和N RB1之间时,频域密度=2表示每2个RB有一个PTRS占用的RE。PTRS具体的频域资源映射根据如下公式确定: When the number of RBs N RB indicated in the DCI is within different RB threshold ranges, the corresponding PTRS frequency domain density will change. For example, when N RB is between N RB0 and N RB1 , frequency domain density = 2 means every 2 RB has an RE occupied by PTRS. The specific frequency domain resource mapping of PTRS is determined according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000014
其中,k为PTRS占用的子载波位置,式中的
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000015
为一个RB内的所占的子载波偏移量,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000016
根据表5确定。具体地,PTRS的频域位置默认与DCI中指示的DMRS端口中端口编号最小的DMRS相关联,根据该关联的DMRS端口号以及高层信令配置的RE偏移(resource Element Offset)确定
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000017
K PT-RS为PTRS频域密度,i=0,1,2,...,N RB为DCI中指示的RB数量,n RNTI是调度PDSCH的DCI采用的序列值。
Among them, k is the sub-carrier position occupied by PTRS, where
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000015
Is the sub-carrier offset occupied in one RB,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000016
Determine according to Table 5. Specifically, the frequency domain position of the PTRS is associated with the DMRS with the smallest port number among the DMRS ports indicated in the DCI by default, and is determined according to the associated DMRS port number and the RE offset (resource element offset) configured by high-level signaling
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000017
K PT-RS is the PTRS frequency domain density, i=0,1,2,..., N RB is the number of RBs indicated in the DCI, and n RNTI is the sequence value used for scheduling the DCI of the PDSCH.
可以看到,PTRS的频域资源会根据调度的RB数量以及DMRS端口指示动态变化。It can be seen that the frequency domain resources of the PTRS will dynamically change according to the number of scheduled RBs and the DMRS port indication.
表5 PTRS子载波位置偏移值Table 5 PTRS subcarrier position offset value
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000018
7、多站点协作传输机制7. Multi-site cooperative transmission mechanism
下行传输中,终端设备可以同时与多个网络设备通信,即终端设备同时接收多个网络设备的数据,该传输模式被称为多站点协作传输CoMP。该多个网络设备组成一个协作集与该终端设备同时进行通信,协作集内的网络设备可以各自连接不同的控制节点,各个控制节点之间可以进行信息交互,比如交互调度策略信息以达成协作传输的目的,或者,协作集内的网络设备均连接同一个控制节点,该控制节点接收协作集内的网络设备收集的终端设备上报的信道状态信息(比如信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)或者参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)),并根据协作集内所有终端设备的信道状态信息对协作集内的终端设备进行统一调度,再将调度策略交互给与其连接的网络设备,再由各个网络设备通过PDCCH承载的DCI信令分别通知各自的终端设备。根据协作集内多个网络设备的对某个终端设备的传输策略,CoMP传输模式包括:In downlink transmission, the terminal device can communicate with multiple network devices at the same time, that is, the terminal device receives data from multiple network devices at the same time. This transmission mode is called CoMP for multi-site cooperative transmission. The multiple network devices form a cooperating set to communicate with the terminal device at the same time. The network devices in the cooperating set can each connect to different control nodes, and each control node can exchange information, such as interactive scheduling policy information to achieve cooperative transmission Or, the network devices in the cooperating set are all connected to the same control node, and the control node receives the channel state information (such as channel state information (CSI) or CSI) reported by the terminal device collected by the network devices in the cooperating set Reference signal received power (RSRP), and perform unified scheduling on the terminal devices in the cooperating set according to the channel state information of all terminal devices in the cooperating set, and then interact the scheduling policy to the network devices connected to it, and then Each network device notifies each terminal device through the DCI signaling carried by the PDCCH. According to the transmission strategy of multiple network devices in the cooperation set to a certain terminal device, the CoMP transmission mode includes:
动态传输节点切换(dynamic point switching,DPS):针对某个终端设备进行数据传输的网络设备动态变化,尽量选择信道条件较好的网络设备进行当前终端设备的数据调度,即多个网络设备分时为某个终端设备传输数据;Dynamic Point Switching (DPS): In view of the dynamic changes of a certain terminal device's data transmission network equipment, try to choose a network device with better channel conditions for data scheduling of the current terminal device, that is, multiple network equipment time sharing Transmit data for a terminal device;
相干传输(coherent joint transmission,CJT):多个网络设备同时为某个终端设备传输数据,且多个网络设备的天线进行联合预编码,即选择最优预编码矩阵进行多个网络设备天线之间的联合相位和幅度加权,此机制需要多个网络设备的天线进行相位校准使得多组天线之间进行精确的相位加权;Coherent joint transmission (CJT): Multiple network devices transmit data for a terminal device at the same time, and the antennas of multiple network devices perform joint precoding, that is, select the optimal precoding matrix for multiple network device antennas Joint phase and amplitude weighting. This mechanism requires the phase calibration of the antennas of multiple network devices so that the multiple groups of antennas can perform accurate phase weighting;
非相干传输(non-coherent joint transmission,NCJT):多个网络设备同时为某个终端设备传输数据,且多个网络设备的天线进行独立预编码,即每个网络设备独立选择最优预编码矩阵进行该网络设备天线之间的联合相位和幅度加权,此机制不需要多个网络设备的天线进行相位校准。Non-coherent joint transmission (NCJT): Multiple network devices transmit data for a terminal device at the same time, and the antennas of multiple network devices are independently precoded, that is, each network device independently selects the optimal precoding matrix Perform joint phase and amplitude weighting between the antennas of the network device. This mechanism does not require the antennas of multiple network devices to perform phase calibration.
根据网络设备之间的信息交互时延,CoMP传输可以分为理想回传(ideal backhaul,IB)和非理想回传(non-ideal backhaul,NIB)。According to the information exchange delay between network devices, CoMP transmission can be divided into ideal backhaul (IB) and non-ideal backhaul (NIB).
对于IB,由于网络设备之间或者网络设备到中心节点之间的站间距较近,或者依靠传输损耗较小的光纤连接,交互时延可以忽略不计。此时可以认为协作集内的网络设备中存在一个服务传输点(serving transmission reception point,serving TRP),或者称为服务 小区(serving cell)、服务网络设备。服务网络设备的作用是对该终端设备进行数据通信的调度决策,与该终端设备进行MAC层和物理层通信。例如,服务网络设备根据调度决策确定该终端设备的PDCCH和PUSCH或PDSCH的时频资源集合,并在PDCCH中发送DCI信令,在PUSCH或PDSCH中发送数据、参考信号(reference signal,RS)等等。For IB, due to the close distance between network devices or between network devices and the central node, or relying on optical fiber connections with less transmission loss, the interaction delay can be ignored. At this time, it can be considered that there is a serving transmission point (serving transmission reception point, serving TRP) in the network devices in the cooperation set, or it is called a serving cell (serving cell) or a serving network device. The role of the service network device is to make data communication scheduling decisions for the terminal device, and to perform MAC layer and physical layer communication with the terminal device. For example, the serving network device determines the PDCCH and PUSCH or PDSCH time-frequency resource set of the terminal device according to the scheduling decision, and sends DCI signaling in the PDCCH, and sends data, reference signal (RS), etc. in the PUSCH or PDSCH. Wait.
协作集内除了服务网络设备之外,其余的网络设备被称为协作传输点(coordinate transmission reception point,coordinate TRP),或者称为协作小区(coordinate cell)、协作网络设备。协作网络设备的作用是根据服务网络设备的调度决策与该终端设备进行物理层通信。例如,协作网络设备根据服务网络设备的调度决策在PDCCH中发送DCI信令,在PUSCH或PDSCH中发送数据、发送RS等等。Except for the serving network equipment in the cooperation set, the remaining network equipment is called coordinate transmission reception point (coordinate TRP), or coordinate cell (coordinate cell), cooperative network equipment. The role of the cooperative network device is to perform physical layer communication with the terminal device according to the scheduling decision of the serving network device. For example, the cooperative network device sends DCI signaling in PDCCH, sends data in PUSCH or PDSCH, sends RS, etc. according to the scheduling decision of the serving network device.
IB场景下,服务网络设备的调度指示支持采用1个DCI发送,如图2中(a)所示的情况,图2是本申请实施例提供的终端设备接收下行控制信息的示意图。该示意图包括服务网络设备TRP#1、协作网络设TRP#2以及支持CoMP的终端设备。In the IB scenario, the scheduling instruction of the serving network device supports one DCI transmission, as shown in Figure 2 (a), which is a schematic diagram of the terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application receiving downlink control information. The schematic diagram includes the service network equipment TRP#1, the cooperation network equipment TRP#2, and the terminal equipment supporting CoMP.
其中,TRP#1作为服务网络设备进行该终端设备的调度决策并采用1个DCI发送调度指示。该DCI可以指示调度TRP#1或TRP#2进行数据传输;也可以指示调度TRP#1和TRP#2同时进行数据传输。此时,该DCI中将携带两个TRP(如图2(a)中所示的TRP#1和TRP#2)的调度信息。Among them, TRP#1 is used as the serving network device to make the scheduling decision of the terminal device and uses 1 DCI to send the scheduling instruction. The DCI may indicate to schedule TRP#1 or TRP#2 for data transmission; it may also indicate to schedule TRP#1 and TRP#2 for data transmission at the same time. At this time, the DCI will carry the scheduling information of two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 2(a)).
例如,两个码字分别对应两个TRP的数据传输,则每个码字对应的MCS信息分别对应两个TRP发送的数据的调制编码方式。进一步地,DMRS的端口需要分组,每一组DMRS端口对应一个码字,分组原则按照不同的码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)属于不同的DMRS组,如表5所示,DMRS端口1000、1001为同一个CDM组,可以作为一个DMRS组;DMRS端口1002、1003为同一个CDM组,可以作为另一个DMRS组。由于不同的TRP之间很难进行频偏校准,所以不同的TRP需要配置不同的PTRS,即每个DMRS组对应一个PTRS。每个PTRS根据各自的配置确定时频资源集合。For example, two codewords respectively correspond to data transmission of two TRPs, and the MCS information corresponding to each codeword respectively corresponds to the modulation and coding mode of the data sent by the two TRPs. Further, DMRS ports need to be grouped. Each group of DMRS ports corresponds to a codeword. The grouping principle belongs to different DMRS groups according to different code division multiplexing (CDM). As shown in Table 5, DMRS port 1000 , 1001 is the same CDM group and can be used as a DMRS group; DMRS ports 1002 and 1003 are the same CDM group and can be used as another DMRS group. Since it is difficult to perform frequency offset calibration between different TRPs, different TRPs need to be configured with different PTRS, that is, each DMRS group corresponds to one PTRS. Each PTRS determines the time-frequency resource set according to its respective configuration.
根据上述码字到层映射关系,每个码字会对应各自的DMRS端口,不同的码字对应的DMRS端口不同,且不同码字对应的DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用(code devision multiplex,CDM)组,不同的CDM组的DMRS端口在每个RB内占用不同子载波,同一个CDM组的DMRS端口在每个RB内占用相同子载波。According to the above codeword to layer mapping relationship, each codeword corresponds to its own DMRS port, different codewords correspond to different DMRS ports, and the DMRS ports corresponding to different codewords belong to different code division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group, DMRS ports of different CDM groups occupy different subcarriers in each RB, and DMRS ports of the same CDM group occupy the same subcarriers in each RB.
不同TRP可能会有不同的QCL假设,DMRS端口的QCL假设可以由不同的TRP各自下发DCI通知。Different TRPs may have different QCL hypotheses, and the QCL hypotheses of the DMRS port can be notified by different TRPs respectively.
IB场景下,服务网络设备的调度指示还支持采用2个DCI发送,如图2中(b)所示的,该示意图包括服务网络设备TRP#1、协作网络设备TRP#2以及支持CoMP的终端设备。In the IB scenario, the scheduling instructions of the serving network device also support two DCI transmissions, as shown in Figure 2(b), which includes the serving network device TRP#1, the cooperative network device TRP#2, and the terminal that supports CoMP equipment.
其中,2个DCI可以分别由两个网络设备(如图2(b)中所示的TRP#1和TRP#2)发送,2个DCI分别携带了两个TRP传输的PDSCH#1和PDSCH#2的调度信息,即,2个DCI分别携带了两个PDSCH占用的时频资源集合位置、关联的DMRS端口号、DMRS端口数、MCS等,增加了调度的灵活度。Among them, two DCIs can be sent by two network devices (TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 2(b)) respectively, and the two DCIs respectively carry PDSCH#1 and PDSCH# transmitted by two TRPs. The scheduling information of 2, that is, the two DCIs respectively carry the position of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the two PDSCHs, the associated DMRS port number, the number of DMRS ports, the MCS, etc., which increases the flexibility of scheduling.
NIB场景下,由于网络设备之间的站间距较远,或者网络设备之间依靠铜线连接,其交互时延为2-5ms,甚至可能达到30ms。此时若依旧采用中心控制节点控制多个协作网络设备的框架,会由于交互时延导致调度信息失效从而影响整个系统的性能。所以在该场景 下引入了多个协作网络设备独立调度该终端设备的数据、RS的机制,此时需要支持每个协作网络设备独立指示DCI,多个协作网络设备会根据自身的调度策略确定何时调度该终端设备。当多个协作网络设备根据各自的调度决策同时调度该终端设备时,终端设备会同时收到多个DCI分别调度各自PDSCH(具有独立的资源分配和MCS),如图2中(b)所示。每个DCI分别调度至少一个码字,每个码字对应独立的MCS指示以及对应不同的DMRS组,此时每个DCI会对应一个独立的PTRS端口。In the NIB scenario, due to the long distance between network devices or the copper wire connection between the network devices, the interaction delay is 2-5ms, and may even reach 30ms. At this time, if the framework of the central control node controlling multiple cooperative network devices is still adopted, the scheduling information will become invalid due to the interaction delay, which will affect the performance of the entire system. Therefore, in this scenario, a mechanism for multiple coordinated network devices to independently schedule the data and RS of the terminal device is introduced. At this time, it is necessary to support each coordinated network device to independently indicate DCI. Multiple coordinated network devices will determine what to do according to their own scheduling strategy. Dispatch the terminal device at time. When multiple cooperative network devices schedule the terminal device at the same time according to their respective scheduling decisions, the terminal device will receive multiple DCIs at the same time to schedule their respective PDSCHs (with independent resource allocation and MCS), as shown in Figure 2 (b) . Each DCI schedules at least one codeword separately, and each codeword corresponds to an independent MCS indication and corresponds to a different DMRS group. At this time, each DCI corresponds to an independent PTRS port.
值得注意的是,由于此时每个DCI或每个码字对应的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组,所以每个DCI或每个码字对应的DMRS端口为频分正交的。根据表5可以看出,与各自DMRS相关联的PTRS端口占用了不同的子载波,所以PTRS端口之间也是频分正交的。It is worth noting that, since the DMRS port corresponding to each DCI or each codeword belongs to a different CDM group at this time, the DMRS port corresponding to each DCI or each codeword is frequency division orthogonal. According to Table 5, it can be seen that the PTRS ports associated with the respective DMRS occupy different subcarriers, so the PTRS ports are also frequency-division orthogonal.
以上详细介绍了本申请中涉及的基本概念,下面结合图3简单说明在CoMP传输场景下,两个网络设备如何独立发送各自的PDSCH的调度信息。图3是一种多个网络设备发送多个下行控制信息的示意图。该示意图包括TRP#1、TRP#2、PDSCH#1以及PDSCH#2。The basic concepts involved in this application are described in detail above. The following briefly describes how two network devices independently transmit their respective PDSCH scheduling information in a CoMP transmission scenario with reference to FIG. 3. Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of multiple network devices sending multiple downlink control information. The schematic diagram includes TRP#1, TRP#2, PDSCH#1, and PDSCH#2.
具体地,在CoMP传输场景下,两个网络设备分别发送各自的PDSCH用于承载各自的码字(不同层的数据),同时会分别发送各自的PTRS。为了保证PTRS的估计性能和数据的解调性能,PTRS和各层数据均是正交的,这就意味着多个PTRS端口所占用的时频资源集合上均不映射不同的码字(各层数据)。Specifically, in the CoMP transmission scenario, two network devices respectively send their respective PDSCHs to carry their respective codewords (different layers of data), and simultaneously send their respective PTRSs. In order to ensure the estimation performance of the PTRS and the data demodulation performance, the PTRS and the data of each layer are orthogonal, which means that the time-frequency resource set occupied by multiple PTRS ports is not mapped with different codewords (each layer data).
如图3所示,假设两个TRP(如图3所示的TRP#1和TRP#2)分别调度两个PDSCH(如图3所示的PDSCH#1和PDSCH#2)占用相同的时频资源集合,在一个RB内,两个PDSCH采用不同的DMRS组保证DMRS频域正交。As shown in Figure 3, suppose two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2 shown in Figure 3) respectively schedule two PDSCHs (PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 shown in Figure 3) occupy the same time and frequency Resource collection. Within one RB, two PDSCHs use different DMRS groups to ensure that the DMRS frequency domain is orthogonal.
对于TRP#1而言,PDSCH#1不在TRP#1非零功率相位跟踪参考信号(non zero power phase tracking reference signal,NZP PTRS)所占的时频资源集合上映射数据,为了避免TRP#2发送的PTRS的干扰,TRP#1还会配置一个零功率相位跟踪参考信号(zero power phase tracking reference signal,ZP PTRS),该ZP PTRS与TRP#2发送的PTRS占用的时频资源集合相同,PDSCH#1不在该ZP PTRS上映射数据。对于PDSCH#2会有与PDSCH#1相同的配置方式,这里不再赘述。For TRP#1, PDSCH#1 does not map data on the time-frequency resource set occupied by TRP#1 non-zero power phase tracking reference signal (NZP PTRS), in order to avoid TRP#2 sending PTRS interference, TRP#1 will also configure a zero power phase tracking reference signal (ZP PTRS), this ZP PTRS and the PTRS sent by TRP#2 occupy the same time-frequency resource set, PDSCH# 1 Do not map data on this ZP PTRS. For PDSCH#2, there will be the same configuration method as PDSCH#1, which will not be repeated here.
对于TRP#1而言,通过DCI#1调度的PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS所占的时频资源集合位置与TRP#2发送的NZP PTRS的时频资源集合位置一致,则ZP PTRS所占的时频资源集合位置需要基于TRP#2发送的DCI#2确定。For TRP#1, the time-frequency resource set position occupied by the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 scheduled by DCI#1 is consistent with the time-frequency resource set position of the NZP PTRS sent by TRP#2, then the ZP PTRS occupied The location of the set of time-frequency resources needs to be determined based on the DCI#2 sent by TRP#2.
具体地,终端设备基于DCI#2指示的MCS等级确定PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS的时域资源密度(例如,参照表3所示的不同的MCS等级对应不同的PTRS时域密度);基于DCI#2指示的调度RB数量等级确定PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS的频域资源密度(例如,参照表4所示的不同的RB数量等级对应不同的PTRS频域密度);基于DCI#2中的DMRS端口指示确定PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS的子载波位置(例如,参照表5所示的不同的DMRS端口号对应不同的PTRS子载波位置);基于DCI#2中的PDSCH的时域起始位置确定PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS的时域起始位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain resource density of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the MCS level indicated by DCI#2 (for example, refer to Table 3 for different MCS levels corresponding to different PTRS time domain densities); The number level of scheduled RBs indicated by DCI#2 determines the frequency domain resource density of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 (for example, refer to Table 4 for different RB number levels corresponding to different PTRS frequency domain densities); based on DCI#2 The DMRS port indications in the table determine the subcarrier position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 (for example, refer to the different DMRS port numbers shown in Table 5 corresponding to different PTRS subcarrier positions); based on the PDSCH in DCI#2 The domain start position determines the time domain start position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1.
从上述可知,终端设备基于DCI#2中的字段确定PDSCH#1所对应的ZP PTRS的时频资源集合的方法与基于DCI#1中的字段确定PDSCH#1所对应的PTRS的时频资源集合的方法类似。It can be seen from the above that the method for the terminal device to determine the time-frequency resource set of the ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the fields in DCI#2 and the method for determining the time-frequency resource set of PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 based on the fields in DCI#1 The method is similar.
图3所示的多个网络设备发送PDSCH的调度信息的方法,在上述的IB场景中,对于TRP#1调度的PDSCH#1而言,终端设备确定该PDSCH#1的时频资源集合映射要基于对TRP#2发送的DCI#2译码和解析确定,这样会使得当该DCI#2无法正确译码或者解析时影响PDSCH#1的接收,即必须要正确完成DCI#2的译码才能确定PDSCH#1的哪些RE不可用于映射数据,从而进行正确译码。同时,即使DCI#2可以正确译码,该方案也需要假设两个DCI均完成译码和解析之后才能进行数据接收,这样与只完成DCI#1的译码和解析之后就进行数据接收相比,会增加PDSCH#1的接收时延。对于TRP#2同理。The method shown in FIG. 3 for multiple network devices to transmit PDSCH scheduling information. In the above IB scenario, for the PDSCH#1 scheduled by TRP#1, the terminal device determines that the time-frequency resource set mapping of PDSCH#1 needs to be mapped. Based on the decoding and analysis of DCI#2 sent by TRP#2, it will affect the reception of PDSCH#1 when the DCI#2 cannot be decoded or analyzed correctly, that is, the decoding of DCI#2 must be completed correctly. Determine which REs of PDSCH#1 cannot be used for mapping data, so as to perform correct decoding. At the same time, even if DCI#2 can be decoded correctly, this solution needs to assume that both DCIs are decoded and analyzed before data reception can be performed. This is compared with data reception after only DCI#1 is decoded and analyzed. , It will increase the reception delay of PDSCH#1. The same is true for TRP#2.
图3所示的多个网络设备发送PDSCH的调度信息的方法,在上述的NIB场景中,对于TRP#1调度的PDSCH#1而言,同样存在上述的增加PDSCH#1的接收时延问题。进一步地,虽然终端设备可以基于TRP#2发送的DCI#2检测确定该PDSCH#1对应的ZP-PTRS的时频资源集合,从而确定PDSCH#1映射的RE位置。而由于TRP#1与TRP#2的交互是半静态的,TRP#1无法获取DCI#2确定TRP#2的NZP PTRS时频资源集合位置,所以TRP#1不能与终端设备一样通过DCI#2确定PDSCH#1对应的ZP PTRS的时频资源集合位置,会造成TRP#1和终端设备对于PDSCH#1时频资源集合映射产生不一致。对于TRP#2同理。In the method shown in FIG. 3 for multiple network devices to transmit PDSCH scheduling information, in the aforementioned NIB scenario, for the PDSCH#1 scheduled by TRP#1, there is also the aforementioned problem of increasing the reception delay of PDSCH#1. Further, although the terminal device can determine the time-frequency resource set of the ZP-PTRS corresponding to the PDSCH#1 based on the DCI#2 sent by the TRP#2 detection, thereby determining the RE location to which PDSCH#1 is mapped. Since the interaction between TRP#1 and TRP#2 is semi-static, TRP#1 cannot obtain DCI#2 to determine the location of the NZP PTRS time-frequency resource collection of TRP#2, so TRP#1 cannot pass DCI#2 like the terminal device. Determining the location of the time-frequency resource set of ZP PTRS corresponding to PDSCH#1 will cause inconsistency in the mapping of the time-frequency resource set of PDSCH#1 between TRP#1 and the terminal device. The same is true for TRP#2.
综上所述,图3所示的多个网络设备发送PDSCH的调度信息的方法,在CoMP场景下,两个网络设备采用两个DCI各自调度PDSCH时,每个PDSCH对应的ZP PTRS的位置需要基于另一个DCI提供的信息确定。在IB场景中会影响PDSCH接收的可靠性和时延。在NIB场景中不仅会影响PDSCH接收的可靠性和时延会,还会使得网络设备和终端设备对于ZP PTRS的理解不一致从而影响PDSCH的解调性能。In summary, the method shown in Figure 3 for multiple network devices to send PDSCH scheduling information. In the CoMP scenario, when two network devices use two DCIs to schedule PDSCHs separately, the location of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH needs to be Determined based on information provided by another DCI. In the IB scenario, the reliability and delay of PDSCH reception will be affected. In the NIB scenario, it will not only affect the reliability and delay of PDSCH reception, but also cause the network equipment and terminal equipment to have inconsistent understanding of ZP PTRS, thereby affecting the demodulation performance of PDSCH.
为了解决上述在CoMP场景下,至少一个网络设备下发多个DCI分别调度多个PDSCH,确定PDSCH#1映射的RE位置时存在的问题。本申请提出一种用于数据传输的方法,通过指示多个PDSCH各自对应的ZP PTRS的时频资源集合使得每个PDSCH对应的ZP PTRS的位置无需基于另一个网络设备的DCI提供的信息确定。In order to solve the above-mentioned problem in the CoMP scenario, when at least one network device issues multiple DCIs to schedule multiple PDSCHs respectively, and determines the location of the RE mapped by PDSCH#1. This application proposes a method for data transmission. By indicating the time-frequency resource set of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH, the position of the ZP PTRS corresponding to each PDSCH does not need to be determined based on the information provided by the DCI of another network device.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法不限于应用于上述的CoMP场景下,还可以应用其他存在一个终端设备接收针对多个PDSCH发送多个DCI的通信场景中。It should be understood that the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to being applied to the aforementioned CoMP scenario, and can also be applied to other communication scenarios where one terminal device receives multiple DCIs for multiple PDSCHs.
下面结合图4-图6详细介绍本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法。The method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4-6.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种用于数据传输的方法示意图,该示意图包括S110-S130,下面详细介绍这几个步骤。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. The schematic diagram includes S110-S130. These steps are described in detail below.
本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,网络设备确定承载第一数据和至少一个第二数据的至少一个预设的时频资源集合时,能够确定该预设的时频资源集合中哪些时频资源集合能够用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据。In the method for data transmission provided by the embodiments of the present application, when a network device determines at least one preset time-frequency resource set that carries first data and at least one second data, it can determine which of the preset time-frequency resource sets are The time-frequency resource set can be used to map the first data and at least one second data.
应理解,本申请所涉及的第一数据和第二数据可以是采用不同的传输端口的数据;和/或,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的DMRS端口;和/或,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;和/或,第一数据和第二数据为不同的传输层;和/或,第一数据和第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;和/或,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输块;和/或,第一数据和第二数据占用相同的载波;和/或,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的部分带宽。It should be understood that the first data and the second data involved in this application may be data using different transmission ports; and/or the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; and/or the first data and The second data is a different codeword; and/or, the first data and the second data are different transmission layers; and/or, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; and/or, the first data It corresponds to a different transmission block with the second data; and/or, the first data and the second data occupy the same carrier; and/or, the first data and the second data occupy the same part of the bandwidth.
还应理解,第一数据和第二数据为不同DCI(第一DCI和第二DCI)调度的。其中,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物 理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP。It should also be understood that the first data and the second data are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI). Wherein, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlink control channel configuration parameters corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the demodulation indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI The reference signal DMRS port belongs to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI are located on the same carrier; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI The control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupies the same BWP.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二数据,第二DCI不用于调度第一数据;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second data, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first data;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一数据,第一DCI只用于调度第二数据。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first data, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second data.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
为了便于理解,下面将第一数据和第二数据称为第一码字和第二码字。For ease of understanding, the first data and the second data are referred to as the first codeword and the second codeword below.
例如,终端设备接收到3个码字(第一码字、第二码字#1以及第二码字#2)。其中,第一码字承载在预设的时频资源集合#1中、第二码字#1承载在预设的时频资源集合#2中、第二码字#2承载在预设的时频资源集合#3中。第二码字#1与第二时频资源集合#1相对应,第二码字#2与第二时频资源集合#2相对应。具体地,承载第一码字、第二码字#1以及第二码字#2的预设的时频资源集合#1~预设的时频资源集合#3可以统称为预设的时频资源集合中剩余时频资源集合。For example, the terminal device receives 3 codewords (first codeword, second codeword #1, and second codeword #2). Among them, the first codeword is carried in the preset time-frequency resource set #1, the second codeword #1 is carried in the preset time-frequency resource set #2, and the second codeword #2 is carried in the preset time. Frequency resource collection #3. The second codeword #1 corresponds to the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second codeword #2 corresponds to the second time-frequency resource set #2. Specifically, the preset time-frequency resource set #1 to the preset time-frequency resource set #3 carrying the first codeword, the second codeword #1, and the second codeword #2 may be collectively referred to as the preset time-frequency The remaining time-frequency resource collection in the resource collection.
再例如,每个载波或者每个BWP上会配置多个CORESET,不同的CORESET对应不同的TRP,或者说,不同的CORESET用于承载DCI 1和DCI 2。或者,进一步将多个CORESET分组,CORESET组1用于承载DCI 1,CORESET组2用于承载DCI 2。同时,DCI 1和DCI 2会各自独立对应一个检测周期,终端会根据两个检测周期和两个CORESET组分别检测DCI 1和DCI 2。For another example, multiple CORESETs are configured on each carrier or each BWP, and different CORESETs correspond to different TRPs, or in other words, different CORESETs are used to carry DCI 1 and DCI 2. Alternatively, multiple CORESET groups are further grouped, CORESET group 1 is used to carry DCI 1, and CORESET group 2 is used to carry DCI 2. At the same time, DCI 1 and DCI 2 will each independently correspond to a detection cycle, and the terminal will detect DCI 1 and DCI 2 according to the two detection cycles and two CORESET groups.
应理解,本申请中对于第二码字的个数并不限制,可以是一个或一个以上个数的第二码字。也就是说,在本申请实施例中终端设备接收到的码字的个数为两个或者两个以上。下面,以终端设备接收到两个码字(第一码字和第二码字)为例,介绍本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法。It should be understood that the number of second codewords in this application is not limited, and it may be one or more than one number of second codewords. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of codewords received by the terminal device is two or more. In the following, taking two codewords (first codeword and second codeword) received by the terminal device as an example, the method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
具体地,第一时频资源集合可以理解为第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH,第一码字可以理解为第一PDSCH中承载的数据,同理,第二时频资源集合可以理解为第二PDSCH,第二码字可以理解为第二PDSCH中承载的数据。Specifically, the first time-frequency resource set can be understood as the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, and the first codeword can be understood as the data carried in the first PDSCH. Similarly, the second time-frequency resource set can be understood as the second PDSCH , The second codeword can be understood as the data carried in the second PDSCH.
由于网络设备以及终端设备能够确定第一码字以及第二码字不在预设的时频资源集合中的哪些时频资源集合上映射。使得终端设备无需像图3中所示的对第一码字和第二码字分别对应的下行控制信息DCI完成解析之后才能确定第一码字和第二码字不在哪些时频资源集合上映射。并且本申请实施例中终端设备和网络设备确定对于不映射第一码字和 第二码字的时频资源集合保持一致。Because the network device and the terminal device can determine which time-frequency resource sets in the preset time-frequency resource set are not mapped on the first codeword and the second codeword. Therefore, the terminal device does not need to complete the analysis of the downlink control information DCI corresponding to the first codeword and the second codeword as shown in FIG. 3 to determine which time-frequency resource sets the first codeword and the second codeword are not mapped on. . In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device and the network device determine that the time-frequency resource sets that do not map the first codeword and the second codeword are consistent.
具体地,网络设备能够将原始数据比特经过调制、编码形成至少一个码字,且至少一个码字可以承载于不同PDSCH上。具体地,不同码字可以对应于不同的传输点TRP,也就是说不同的码字可以由不同的TRP发送;不同码字可以对应于同一个TRP,不同的码字可以由同一个TRP发送。Specifically, the network device can modulate and encode the original data bits to form at least one codeword, and the at least one codeword can be carried on different PDSCHs. Specifically, different codewords can correspond to different transmission points TRPs, that is, different codewords can be sent by different TRPs; different codewords can correspond to the same TRP, and different codewords can be sent by the same TRP.
具体地,本申请实施例中的重点在于网络设备能够确定不在预设的时频资源集合中的哪些时频资源集合上映射上述的第一码字和第二码字。具体流程包括:Specifically, the key point in the embodiments of the present application is that the network device can determine which time-frequency resource sets in the preset time-frequency resource sets are not mapped to the above-mentioned first codeword and second codeword. The specific process includes:
S110,网络设备确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据预设的调制编码方式MCS确定、所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据预设的资源块RB数量确定。S110. The network device determines a second time-frequency resource set, where the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a preset modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the preset The number of resource blocks RB is determined.
可以理解为图4所示的实施例中,网络设备能够复用现有技术中确定码字对应的NZP PTRS(下文简称为PTRS)映射的时频资源集合(第一时频资源集合)的时域密度和频域密度的方式确定码字对应的ZP PTRS(第二时频资源集合)映射的时频资源集合。例如,前文中表3所示的基于MCS确定时频资源集合的时域密度,以及前文中表4所示的基于RB数量确定时频资源集合的频域密度。It can be understood that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the network device can reuse the time-frequency resource set (first time-frequency resource set) mapped by the NZP PTRS (hereinafter referred to as PTRS) corresponding to the codeword in the prior art. The method of domain density and frequency domain density determines the time-frequency resource set mapped to the ZP PTRS (second time-frequency resource set) corresponding to the codeword. For example, the time domain density of the time-frequency resource set is determined based on the MCS shown in Table 3 above, and the frequency domain density of the time-frequency resource set is determined based on the number of RBs shown in Table 4 above.
具体地,本申请所涉及的第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据预设的MCS确定指的是:根据预设的MCS以及终端设备上报的第一传输能力值确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度,其中,终端设备上报的第一传输能力值用于确定第一码字对应的第一PTRS的时域密度;本申请所涉及的第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据预设的RB数量确定指的是:根据预设的RB数量以及终端设备上报的第三传输能力值确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,终端设备上报的第三传输能力值用于确定第一码字对应的第一PTRS的频域密度。Specifically, the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application is determined according to the preset MCS means: determining the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset MCS and the first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device The first transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS corresponding to the first codeword; the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set involved in this application is based on the prediction The determination of the number of RBs refers to determining the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset number of RBs and the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device, where the third transmission capability value reported by the terminal device is used for Determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS corresponding to the first codeword.
具体地,协议中预先定义每个MCS索引值对应的调制方式、编码速率等,终端设备上报第一传输能力值x1,x2其中,x1,x2对应2个MCS索引值的阈值,当第一DCI指示的MCS索引值小于x1时,相应的第一PTRS的时域密度为y1,当第一DCI指示的MCS索引值大于x1且小于x2时,相应的第一PTRS的时域密度为y2,当第一DCI指示的MCS索引值大于x2时,相应的第一PTRS的时域密度为y3。Specifically, the protocol defines the modulation mode, coding rate, etc. corresponding to each MCS index value in advance, and the terminal device reports the first transmission capability value x1, x2, where x1, x2 correspond to the thresholds of the 2 MCS index values, when the first DCI When the indicated MCS index value is less than x1, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y1, when the MCS index value indicated by the first DCI is greater than x1 and less than x2, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y2, when When the MCS index value indicated by the first DCI is greater than x2, the time domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is y3.
同理,协议中预先定义每个RB数量值对应的频域密度,终端设备上报第三传输能力值y1,y2其中,y1,y2对应2个RB数量值的阈值,当第一DCI指示的RB数量值小于y1时,相应的第一PTRS的频域密度为z1,当第一DCI指示的MCS索引值大于y1且小于y2时,相应的第一PTRS的频域密度为z2,当第一DCI指示的MCS索引值大于y2时,相应的第一PTRS的频域密度为z3。In the same way, the frequency domain density corresponding to the number of RBs is predefined in the protocol, and the terminal device reports the third transmission capability value y1, y2, where y1, y2 correspond to the threshold of the number of RBs. When the RB indicated by the first DCI When the number value is less than y1, the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z1. When the MCS index value indicated by the first DCI is greater than y1 and less than y2, the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z2. When the indicated MCS index value is greater than y2, the frequency domain density of the corresponding first PTRS is z3.
示例性地,网络设备还确定第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;以及,确定第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Exemplarily, the network device further determines the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; and determines the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set.
进一步地,网络设备确定第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:直接确定所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,Further, determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB by the network device includes: directly determining the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
间接确定第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波,例如,确定第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,DMRS端口号指示第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波。Indirectly determine the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB, for example, determine the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, the DMRS port number indicates that the second time-frequency resource set is in one RB Occupied sub-carrier.
进一步地,第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置不晚于第一码字的时域起始位置。示例 性地,上述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波包括:第一子载波,其中,在一个RB内第一子载波与用于解调上述第一码字的DMRS占用的子载波相异。Further, the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is no later than the time domain start position of the first codeword. Exemplarily, the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB include: the first subcarrier, where the first subcarrier and the DMRS used to demodulate the first codeword in one RB occupy The subcarriers are different.
具体地,第一子载波包括:Specifically, the first subcarrier includes:
若第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为奇数中预设的一个子载波;进一步地,在此情况下第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为1的子载波。其中,第一DMRS为解调第一码字的DMRS对应的DMRS端口号;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an odd number in an RB; Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 1 in one RB. Wherein, the first DMRS is the DMRS port number corresponding to the DMRS that demodulates the first codeword;
若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为偶数中预设的一个子载波;进一步地,在此情况下第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier preset in an even number in an RB ; Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的子载波;进一步地,在此情况下第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为2的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first subcarrier is one RB and the numbers are 0, 1, 6, 7 A preset sub-carrier in the sub-carriers other than the other; further, in this case, the first sub-carrier is a sub-carrier numbered 2 in one RB.
若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一子载波为一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。进一步地,在此情况下第一子载波为一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first subcarrier is numbered 0, 1, in one RB One sub-carrier preset in 6 and 7. Further, in this case, the first subcarrier is a subcarrier numbered 0 in one RB.
示例性地,上述第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号包括:第二DMRS端口号,其中,第二DMRS端口号与解调第一码字的DMRS对应的第一DMRS端口号相异,并且第一DMRS和第二DMRS处于不同的CDM组内。Exemplarily, the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set includes: a second DMRS port number, where the second DMRS port number corresponds to the first DMRS port corresponding to the DMRS demodulating the first codeword The numbers are different, and the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups.
一种特殊的情况,若第一DCI中指示了至少两个的CDM组,那么上述的第二时频资源集合并不存在,也就不需要确定第二时频资源集合,本申请中主要考虑第一DCI中指示了一个的CDM组,第一DMRS和第二DMRS处于不同的CDM组内的情况。In a special case, if at least two CDM groups are indicated in the first DCI, then the above-mentioned second time-frequency resource set does not exist, and there is no need to determine the second time-frequency resource set. This application is mainly considered One CDM group is indicated in the first DCI, and the first DMRS and the second DMRS are in different CDM groups.
具体地,第二DMRS端口号包括:Specifically, the second DMRS port number includes:
若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1002或者1003;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1002 or 1003;
若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1000;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second DMRS port number is 1000;
若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1004或者1005;If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second DMRS port number is 1004 or 1005;
若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二DMRS端口号为1000。If the first DMRS is of the second type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the second DMRS port number is 1000.
上述S110中网络设备已经确定了第一码字对应的第二时频资源集合(可以理解为第一码字的ZP PTRS映射的时频资源集合),在确定预设的时频资源集合上还有哪些时频资源集合不能映射数据,需要执行S120,确定第一时频资源集合,第一时频资源集合用于映射第一PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调第一数据。In the above S110, the network device has determined the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the first codeword (it can be understood as the time-frequency resource set mapped by the ZP PTRS of the first codeword), and also determines the preset time-frequency resource set For which time-frequency resource sets cannot map data, S120 needs to be performed to determine the first time-frequency resource set, which is used to map the first PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first data.
应理解,本申请中对于S120中网络设备如何确定第一时频资源集合并不限制,可以是利用现有技术中介绍的确定码字对应的PTRS映射的时频资源集合的方法确定的,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that in this application, there is no restriction on how the network device in S120 determines the first time-frequency resource set, and it may be determined by using the method of determining the time-frequency resource set mapped by the PTRS corresponding to the codeword introduced in the prior art. Here No longer.
在确定上述的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合之后,网络设备可以向终端设备 发送上述的第一码字,即执行S130,发送第一码字。剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一码字,该剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合。也就是说第一码字不在第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合上映射;或者说第一码字依据第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配。After determining the foregoing first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set, the network device may send the foregoing first codeword to the terminal device, that is, perform S130 to send the first codeword. The remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first codeword, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is the time excluding the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set Frequency resource collection. That is to say, the first codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first codeword performs rate matching according to the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set.
一种可能的实现方式,若S110中网络设备确定第二时频资源集合的流程为网络设备自身决定的,那么在执行S130之前图4所示的方法流程还包括S121,网络设备向终端设备发送高层信令,该高层信令用于指示所述第二时频资源集合。即终端设备能够基于接收到的高层信令确定第二时频资源集合,并基于接收到的第一码字对应的PTRS映射的时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合确定不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合上解调第一码字。In a possible implementation manner, if in S110 the network device determines that the flow of the second time-frequency resource set is determined by the network device itself, then the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes S121, the network device sends to the terminal device before performing S130 High layer signaling, which is used to indicate the second time-frequency resource set. That is, the terminal device can determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the received high-level signaling, and determine that it is not in the preset time based on the PTRS-mapped time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the received first codeword. Demodulate the first codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the frequency resource set.
一种可能的实现方式,若S110中网络设备确定第二时频资源集合的方法为协议规定的,那么在执行S130之前图4所示的方法流程还包括S122,终端设备基于协议预定义确定第二时频资源集合。其中,终端设备确定第二时频资源集合的流程与上述的S110中所示的网络设备确定第二时频资源集合的流程类似,只是执行主体为终端设备,这里不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, if the method for the network device to determine the second time-frequency resource set in S110 is stipulated by the protocol, the method flow shown in FIG. 4 also includes S122 before performing S130. The terminal device determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol predefined. Two time-frequency resource collections. The process of determining the second time-frequency resource set by the terminal device is similar to the process of determining the second time-frequency resource set by the network device shown in S110 above, except that the execution subject is the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
示例性地,为了终端设备能够成功解析第一码字,图4所示的用于数据传输的方法流程还包括:S123,网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI,第一DCI用于调度第一数据,其中,第一DCI还用于指示上述的第一DMRS端口号。Exemplarily, in order for the terminal device to successfully parse the first codeword, the method flow for data transmission shown in FIG. 4 further includes: S123, the network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first Data, where the first DCI is also used to indicate the aforementioned first DMRS port number.
在一种可能的实现方式下,上述的第二时频资源集合可以为除第一码字之外的其他码字的PTRS对应的时频资源集合。下面,结合图5详细说明这种情况。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing second time-frequency resource set may be a time-frequency resource set corresponding to the PTRS of other codewords except the first codeword. Hereinafter, this situation will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 5.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种用于数据传输的方法示意图,该示意图包括S210-S220,下面详细介绍这几个步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. The schematic diagram includes S210-S220, and these steps are described in detail below.
S210,确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据,剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合,其中,剩余时频资源集合对于第一数据和第二数据分别为第一DCI指示的时频资源集合和第二DCI指示的时频资源集合。S210. Determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set A set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources, where the remaining set of time-frequency resources is the first DCI indicator for the first data and the second data, respectively The set of time-frequency resources and the set of time-frequency resources indicated by the second DCI.
其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,其中,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调至少一个第二数据。Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS respectively, and the first PTRS is used for demodulation The first data and the at least one second PTRS are respectively used to demodulate at least one second data.
应理解,上述的第一数据和至少一个第二数据不在第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射;或者说第一数据依据第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合进行速率匹配。It should be understood that the aforementioned first data and at least one second data are not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set; in other words, the first data is based on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set. The time-frequency resource collection performs rate matching.
还应理解,上述的剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的部分时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据;或者,可以理解为剩余时频资源集合中的全部时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data can be understood as part of the remaining time-frequency resource set used for mapping the first data and at least one second data Or, it can be understood that all time-frequency resource sets in the remaining time-frequency resource sets are used to map the first data and at least one second data.
第一数据和第二数据采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的 DMRS端口;或者说,第一数据和第二数据为不同的码字;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的TB;或者说,第一数据和第二数据对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的载波;或者说,第一数据和所述第二数据占用相同的BWP。The first data and the second data use different transmission ports; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first data and the second data are different codewords; or, the first data and the second data are different codewords; The data and the second data correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first data and the second data correspond to different transmission layers; in other words, the spatial filtering information of the first data and the second data are different; in other words, the first data The same carrier is occupied by the second data; in other words, the first data and the second data occupy the same BWP.
为了便于理解,下面将第一数据和第二数据称为第一码字和第二码字,并且从一个第二码字的角度进行说明,但是应理解,本申请中并不限制只有一个第二码字。For ease of understanding, the first data and the second data will be referred to as the first codeword and the second codeword below, and the description will be made from the perspective of a second codeword, but it should be understood that this application is not limited to only one first codeword. Two code words.
示例性地,为了终端设备能够成功解析第一码字和第二码字,图5所示的用于数据传输的方法流程还包括S211网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第一DCI用于指示所述预设的时频资源集合以及启用第一码字,所述第二DCI用于指示承载所述第二码字的预设的时频资源集合以及启用所述第二码字。或者可以理解为,第一DCI用于调度所述第一码字,第二DCI用于调度对应的第二码字;或者可以理解为,第一DCI不用于调度第二码字,第二DCI不用于调度第一码字;或者可以理解为,第一DCI只用于调度第一码字,第一DCI只用于调度第二码字,也就是说,第一码字和第二码字对应的MCS以及是否重传的指示信息分别由第一DCI和第二DCI指示。Exemplarily, in order for the terminal device to successfully parse the first codeword and the second codeword, the method flow for data transmission shown in FIG. 5 further includes S211: the network device sends the first DCI and the second DCI to the terminal device, so The first DCI is used to indicate the preset time-frequency resource set and enable the first codeword, and the second DCI is used to indicate the preset time-frequency resource set that carries the second codeword and enable the The second code word. Or it can be understood that the first DCI is used to schedule the first codeword, and the second DCI is used to schedule the corresponding second codeword; or it can be understood that the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI Not used for scheduling the first codeword; or it can be understood that the first DCI is only used for scheduling the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used for scheduling the second codeword, that is, the first codeword and the second codeword The corresponding MCS and the indication information of whether to retransmit are respectively indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy The control resource set of is located on the same carrier; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP.
具体地,当一个DCI仅可以指示一个码字对应的调度信息时,仅存在启用码字的情况,当一个DCI可以指示两个码字对应的调度信息时,该DCI可以用于指示是否启用两个码字,其中,启用码字表示采用该指示信息指示的调制编码方法发送传输块。Specifically, when one DCI can only indicate the scheduling information corresponding to one codeword, only the codeword is enabled. When one DCI can indicate the scheduling information corresponding to two codewords, the DCI can be used to indicate whether to enable the two codewords. Codewords, where the enabling codeword indicates that the transmission block is sent using the modulation and coding method indicated by the indication information.
应理解,本申请中的“第一”和“第二”仅用于区分说明,并不对本申请的保护范围构成任何限定。例如,上述的第一码字和第二码字只是为了区分不同的码字,并不对本申请的保护范围构成任何限定。例如,网络设备确定第一时频资源集合和两个第二时频资源集合(第二时频资源集合#1和第二时频资源集合#2)。其中,第二时频资源集合#1与第二码字#1相对应,第二时频资源集合#2与第二码字#2相对应。第一码字不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2上映射,或者说第一码字依据第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2进行速率匹配;第二码字#1不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2上映射,或者说第二码字#1依据第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2进行速率匹配;第二码字#2不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2上映射,或者说第二码字#2依据第一时频资源集合、第二时频资源集合#1以及第二时频资源集合#2进行速率匹配。It should be understood that the "first" and "second" in this application are only used for distinguishing description, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. For example, the above-mentioned first codeword and second codeword are only for distinguishing different codewords, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application. For example, the network device determines a first time-frequency resource set and two second time-frequency resource sets (a second time-frequency resource set #1 and a second time-frequency resource set #2). Among them, the second time-frequency resource set #1 corresponds to the second codeword #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 corresponds to the second codeword #2. The first codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 in the preset time-frequency resource set, or the first codeword is based on the first The time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 perform rate matching; the second codeword #1 is not in the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set. The second time-frequency resource set #1 and the second time-frequency resource set #2 are mapped, or the second codeword #1 is based on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 Perform rate matching; the second codeword #2 is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2 in the preset time-frequency resource set, or Say that the second codeword #2 performs rate matching according to the first time-frequency resource set, the second time-frequency resource set #1, and the second time-frequency resource set #2.
示例性地,第一时频资源集合用于映射第一PTRS,所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合用于映射第二PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一码字,所述第二PTRS用于解调所述第二码字。具体地,PTRS前文已经详细介绍这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, the first time-frequency resource set is used to map the first PTRS, the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword is used to map the second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to demodulate the first PTRS. A codeword, and the second PTRS is used to demodulate the second codeword. Specifically, the PTRS has been described in detail in the previous section and will not be repeated here.
可选地,第一时频资源集合可以理解为包括第一码字对应的NZP PTRS所占的时频资源集合的时频资源集合;第二时频资源集合可以理解为包括第二码字对应的NZP PTRS所占的时频资源集合的时频资源集合。Optionally, the first time-frequency resource set may be understood as a time-frequency resource set including the time-frequency resource set occupied by the NZP PTRS corresponding to the first codeword; the second time-frequency resource set may be understood as including the second codeword corresponding The set of time-frequency resources occupied by the NZP PTRS.
首先,应理解第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合由时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度4个配置参数共同确定的。First, it should be understood that the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set are jointly determined by the four configuration parameters of the time domain starting position, the time domain density, the frequency domain position, and the frequency domain density.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合,其中,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合的配置参数中的至少一个配置参数;In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set. At least one configuration parameter in the configuration parameters of the frequency resource set;
或者,or,
网络设备确定第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合并通过向终端设备发送高层信令,该高层信令指示第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合的配置参数中的至少一个配置参数;The network device determines the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set and sends high-level signaling to the terminal device. The high-level signaling indicates at least one of the configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set A configuration parameter;
或者,or,
网络设备通过在第一DCI中新增第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示所述第二时频资源集合的配置参数的配置参数中的至少一个配置参数;以及网络设备通过在第二DCI中新增第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述第一时频资源集合的配置参数的配置参数中的至少一个配置参数。The network device adds a first field to the first DCI, where the first field is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter among the configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set; A second field is added to the DCI, and the second field is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter of the configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set.
下面分别介绍基于预配置信息、高层信令以及第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的几种方式。Several methods for indicating the first time-frequency resource set based on pre-configuration information, high-level signaling, and the second field are respectively introduced below.
方式一:根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的配置参数,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个配置参数:Manner 1: Determine the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates a configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters :
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合可以理解为协议预定义第一时频资源集合。即,终端设备和网络设备根据协议预定义的第一时频资源集合的位置,能够获知第一时频资源集合的位置。Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the first time-frequency resource set can be understood as the first time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol. That is, the terminal device and the network device can learn the location of the first time-frequency resource set according to the location of the first time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol.
则网络设备在发送第二码字的时候,能够基于预定义的第一时频资源集合的位置,以及第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合,进而避免在预设的时频资源集合中的所述第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合上映射第二码字;Therefore, when the network device transmits the second codeword, it can be based on the predefined position of the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword, thereby avoiding the preset time-frequency resource set Mapping a second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in;
同理,终端设备在接收到第二码字的时候能够基于预定义的第一时频资源集合的位置以及第二DCI指示的所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合,进而避免在预设的时频资源集合中的所述第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合上解调第二码字。In the same way, when the terminal device receives the second codeword, it can be based on the position of the predefined first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword indicated by the second DCI, thereby avoiding Demodulate the second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set.
下面,从网络设备的角度简单说明网络设备如何根据预配置信息,确定第一时频资源集合的。Below, from the perspective of a network device, it is briefly explained how the network device determines the first time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
具体地,预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。进而网络设备根据预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以获知第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
具体地,预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第一码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第一传输能力值确定,其中,所述第一码字对应的MCS为所述预配置信息指示的,所述第一传 输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;或者,The time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the preconfiguration information , The first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
预配置信息直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小。The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第一码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第一传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为表3所示的2时,则查表3能够确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度的方式可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第一码字对应的MCS确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be When 2 is shown in Table 3, then looking up Table 3 can determine that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in the present application indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
还例如,预配置信息直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。其中,时域密度为N,表示时域上每N个OFDM符号中有一个第一时频资源集合占用的RE,N为正整数。For another example, the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. Wherein, the time domain density is N, which means that there is an RE occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
具体地,预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据所述第一码字对应的资源块RB数量等级和第二传输能力值确定,其中,所述第一码字对应的RB为预配置信息指示的,所述第二传输能力值为终端设备上报的用于确定所述第一PTRS的频域密度;或者,The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number level of the resource block RB corresponding to the first codeword and the second transmission capability value, wherein the RB corresponding to the first codeword is a pre-configuration information indicator , The second transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
预配置信息直接指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小。The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表4所示,若基于第一码字对应的RB数量,以及终端设备上报的第二传输能力值N RB,确定RB数量等级为表4所示的2时,则查表4能够确定第一时频资源集合的频域密度为4。即,本申请中预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度的方式可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第一码字对应的RB数量确定第一时频资源集合的频域密度。 For example, as shown in Table 4 involved in the set of time-frequency resources for configuring PTRS described above, if the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword and the second transmission capability value N RB reported by the terminal device are used, the RB number level is determined When it is 2 shown in Table 4, then looking up Table 4 can determine that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in this application indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword.
还例如,预配置信息直接指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度为4。其中,频域密度为M,表示频域上每M个RB中有一个第一时频资源集合占用的RE,M为正整数。For another example, the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. Wherein, the frequency domain density is M, which means that there is an RE occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
具体地,预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set; or,
预配置信息指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合表6-表8详细介绍预配置信息如何指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, combining Table 6 to Table 8 describes in detail how the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set.
首先根据所述第二DCI确定第二码字对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second codeword according to the second DCI.
表6中示出的为预配置信息通过指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 6 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
如表6所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第二DMRS用于解调所述第二码字;As shown in Table 6, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除 编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
其中,对于第一类型的DMRS而言,DMRS端口1000、1001、1004、1005占用偶数子载波(子载波编号为0、2、4…10),DMRS端口1002、1003、1006、1007占用奇数子载波(对应的子载波编号为1、3、5…);对于第二类型的DMRS而言,DMRS端口1000、1001占用子载波编号为0、1、6、7,DMRS端口1002、1003占用的子载波编号为2、3、8、9,DMRS端口1004、1005占用的子载波编号为4、5、10、11。Among them, for the first type of DMRS, DMRS ports 1000, 1001, 1004, and 1005 occupy even-numbered subcarriers (subcarrier numbers are 0, 2, 4...10), and DMRS ports 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 occupy odd-numbered subcarriers. Carrier (corresponding sub-carrier numbers are 1, 3, 5...); for the second type of DMRS, the sub-carrier numbers occupied by DMRS ports 1000 and 1001 are 0, 1, 6, 7, and those occupied by DMRS ports 1002, 1003 The sub-carrier numbers are 2, 3, 8, and 9, and the sub-carrier numbers occupied by the DMRS ports 1004 and 1005 are 4, 5, 10, and 11.
表6第一时频资源集合的频域位置Table 6 Frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000019
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000020
具体地,预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB中包括12个子载波,从0顺序编号为0-11,每个子载波对应有一个编号。子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最高的子载波到频率最低的子载波依次顺序编号,或者,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最低的子载波到频率最高的子载波依次顺序编号。Specifically, each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes 12 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 0-11 in order, and each subcarrier corresponds to a number. The sub-carrier numbering is the order from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is the order from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Numbering.
表7中示出的为预配置信息通过指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 7 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
如表7所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 7, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003 中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
表7第一时频资源集合的频域位置Table 7 Frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000021
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000022
进一步地,如表8所示,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波包括:Further, as shown in Table 8, the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set including:
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为1的子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波包括:The occupation of any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set by the first time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为0的子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、 6、7之外的任意一个的子载波包括:The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, including:
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为2或者4的子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 or 4 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波包括:The subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set occupied by the first time-frequency resource set include:
所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。The first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
表8第一时频资源集合的频域位置Table 8 Frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000023
方式一下相当于协议预定了第一时频资源集合的各种参数,那么终端设备也能够基于协议确定第一时频资源集合,具体确定方式与上述的网络设备确定第一时频资源集合类似,这里不再赘述。The method is equivalent to that the protocol has predetermined various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and the terminal device can also determine the first time-frequency resource set based on the protocol. The specific determination method is similar to the above-mentioned network device determining the first time-frequency resource set. I won't repeat it here.
方式二:网络设备向终端设备发送高层信令,所述高层信令指示所述第一时频资源集合的配置参数,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个配置参数:Manner 2: The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, where the high-level signaling indicates a configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。进而网络设备根据预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以获知第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the high-layer signaling indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
具体地,高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第一码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第一传输能力值确定,其中,所述第一码字对应的MCS为所述高层信令指示的,所述第一传输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;或者,The time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the high-level signaling , The first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
高层信令直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小。The high-layer signaling directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第一码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第一传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为2时,则第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第一码字对应的MCS确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
还例如,高层信令直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。For another example, the high-level signaling directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
其中,时域密度为N,表示时域上每N个OFDM符号中第一时频资源集合占用一个RE,N为正整数。Wherein, the time domain density is N, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
具体地,高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据所述第一码字对应的资源块RB数量等级和第二传输能力值确定,其中,所述第一码字对应的RB为高层信令指示的,所述第二传输能力值为终端设备上报的用于确定所述第一PTRS的频域密度;或者,The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the resource block RB quantity level and the second transmission capability value corresponding to the first codeword, wherein the RB corresponding to the first codeword is a high-level signaling indication , The second transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
高层信令直接指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小。The high-layer signaling directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表4所示,若基于第一码字对应的RB数量,以及终端设备上报的第二传输能力值N RB,确定RB数量等级为2时,第一时频资源集合的频域密度为4。即,本申请中高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第一码字对应的RB数量确定第一时频资源集合的频域密度。 For example, as shown in Table 4 involved in the set of time-frequency resources for configuring PTRS described above, if the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword and the second transmission capability value N RB reported by the terminal device are used, the RB number level is determined When it is 2, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the first codeword.
还例如,高层信令直接指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度为4。For another example, the high-layer signaling directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
其中,频域密度为M,表示频域上每M个RB中第一时频资源集合占用一个的RE,M为正整数。Wherein, the frequency domain density is M, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
具体地,高层信令指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
高层信令指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The higher layer signaling indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set; or,
高层信令指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The high-layer signaling indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合前文所示的表6-表8详细介绍高层信令如何指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, in combination with Table 6 to Table 8 shown in the foregoing, it is described in detail how high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set.
首先根据所述第二DCI确定第二码字对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second codeword according to the second DCI.
表6中示出的为高层信令通过指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 6 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
如表6所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第二DMRS用于解调所述第二码字;As shown in Table 6, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
表7中示出的为高层信令通过指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 7 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
如表7所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的 任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 7, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
进一步地,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的一个子载波如表8所示这里不再赘述。Further, the first time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 8, which will not be repeated here.
方式二下相当于网络设备先确定了第一时频资源集合的各种参数,并且在发送码字之前通过高层信令通知终端设备第一时频资源集合的各种参数,那么终端设备能够基于高层信令确定第一时频资源集合,具体确定方式即上面描述的高层信令如何指示的第一时频资源集合的各种参数,这里不再赘述。The second method is equivalent to that the network device first determines the various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and informs the terminal device of the various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set through high-level signaling before sending the codeword, then the terminal device can be based on The high-layer signaling determines the first time-frequency resource set, and the specific determination method is how the above-described high-layer signaling indicates various parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be repeated here.
方式三:网络设备向终端设备发送的第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述第一时频资源集合的配置参数,其中,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个:Manner 3: The second DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device includes a second field, where the second field is used to indicate the configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set, where the configuration parameter includes at least the following parameters one of:
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the second field indicating the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set may be: the second field indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position.
具体地,第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the second field indicating the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第一码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第一传输能力值确定,其中,所述第一码字对应的MCS为所述第二字段指示的,所述第一传输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;The time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value, wherein the MCS corresponding to the first codeword is indicated by the second field , The first transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS;
可选地,第二字段为第二DCI中原有的字段,例如,第二DCI中包括两个MCS字段,两个MCS字段中的一个MCS字段用于指示第二码字对应的MCS等级,另一个MCS字段(第二字段)用于指示第一码字对应的MCS等级。Optionally, the second field is an original field in the second DCI. For example, the second DCI includes two MCS fields. One of the two MCS fields is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword. One MCS field (second field) is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the first codeword.
或者,第二字段直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小。Or, the second field directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第一码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第一传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为2时,则第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第一码字对应的MCS确定第一时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the first codeword and the first transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the second field in the present application indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the first codeword.
还例如,第二字段占用两个比特位,两个比特位上不同值的组成,用于直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。如表9所示。For another example, the second field occupies two bits, and the composition of different values on the two bits is used to directly indicate that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4. As shown in Table 9.
表9第二字段指示时域密度The second field of Table 9 indicates the time domain density
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000024
应理解,表9只是一种举例,第二字段与第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小还可以有其他可能的对应关系,这里不再一一举例说明。例如,第二字段可以是3个比特位组成。It should be understood that Table 9 is only an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the second field and the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be illustrated one by one here. For example, the second field may be composed of 3 bits.
所述第二字段指示第一码字和所述第二码字分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:The second field indicates the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap;
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap;
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap.
第一码字和第二码字采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一码字和第二码字为不同的码字;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的TB;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字占用相同的载波;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字占用相同的BWP。The first code word and the second code word use different transmission ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word are different code words ; In other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first code word and the second code word The spatial filtering information is different; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same BWP.
可选的,第一码字和第二码字位于相同的时间单元内,时间单元为slot,或者OFDM符号,或者CDMA符号。Optionally, the first codeword and the second codeword are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
可选的,所述第一码字和所述第二码字分别由不同的DCI(第一DCI和第二DCI)调度。Optionally, the first codeword and the second codeword are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI) respectively.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二码字,第二DCI不用于调度第一码字;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first codeword;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一码字,第一DCI只用于调度第二码字。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second codeword.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
进一步地,所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度:若所述第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;Further, the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set: if the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set, wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is based on the frequency domain in the second DCI Resource indication information is determined;
若所述第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;或者,If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is based on the second The field is determined or determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of X is 2 or 4; or,
所述第二字段直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小。The second field directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,第二字段占用两个比特位,第二字段用于指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Exemplarily, the second field occupies two bits, and the second field is used to indicate the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set including:
第二字段为“00”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,第一时频资源集合的频域密度与第二时频资源集合的频域密度相等;或者,When the second field is "00", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is the same as the second time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density of is equal; or,
第一字段为“01”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全不重叠,第一时频资源集合的频域密度为任意值;或者,When the first field is "01", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap at all, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is any value; or,
第一字段为“10”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,第一时频资源集合的频域密度为4;或者,When the first field is "10", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4; or,
第一字段为“11”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度为2。如表10和表11所示。When the first field is "11", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 2. As shown in Table 10 and Table 11.
表10第二字段指示频域密度The second field of Table 10 indicates the frequency domain density
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000025
表11第二字段的字段描述Table 11 Field description of the second field
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000026
表12第二字段的字段描述Table 12 Field description of the second field
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000028
应理解,表10只是一种举例,第二字段与第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小还可以有其他可能的对应关系,这里不再一一举例说明。例如,第二字段可以是3个比特位组成。It should be understood that Table 10 is just an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the second field and the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set, which will not be described here. For example, the second field may be composed of 3 bits.
第二字段指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The second field indicates the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set; or,
第二字段指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The second field indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合前文所示的表6-表8详细介绍第二字段如何指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, it is described in detail how the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set in combination with Table 6 to Table 8 shown above.
首先根据所述第二DCI确定第二码字对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second codeword according to the second DCI.
表6中示出的为第二字段通过指示第一时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 6 shows that the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the first time-frequency resource set.
如表6所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第二DMRS用于解调所述第二码字;As shown in Table 6, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the second DMRS is used to demodulate the second codeword;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the first time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
表7中示出的为第二字段通过指示第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第一时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 7 shows that the second field indicates the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set.
如表7所示,若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 7, if the second DMRS is of the first type and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set Is 1002, then the first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The first time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002, 则所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
进一步地,所述第一时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的一个子载波如表8所示这里不再赘述。Further, the first time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 8, which will not be repeated here.
还应理解,第二字段可以仅仅指示上述第一时频资源集合的4个配置参数中的一部分配置参数,其他配置参数可以结合上文中涉及的方式一以及方式二确定。It should also be understood that the second field may only indicate a part of the configuration parameters among the four configuration parameters of the first time-frequency resource set, and other configuration parameters may be determined in combination with the above-mentioned method 1 and method 2.
例如,第二DCI中包括的第二字段仅仅指示第一时频资源集合的频域密度(如表10和表11所示)。则,第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度以及频域位置可以基于上述的方式一或方式二确定;或者,第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度以及频域位置可以是复用第二DCI中已有的字段确定(如上所述的第二DCI中的MCS字段、DMRS端口指示字段等)。For example, the second field included in the second DCI only indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set (as shown in Table 10 and Table 11). Then, the time-domain starting position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set can be determined based on the above-mentioned method one or two; or, the time-domain starting position and time-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set The density and frequency domain position may be determined by multiplexing the existing fields in the second DCI (the MCS field in the second DCI, the DMRS port indication field, etc., as described above).
还应理解,上述的方式一、方式二以及方式三确定第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度4个配置参数中的至少一个配置参数的方法,可以结合使用。It should also be understood that the foregoing manner 1, manner 2, and manner 3 determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of at least one configuration parameter of the first time-frequency resource set. Methods can be used in combination.
例如,基于方式一所示的方式确定第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置,基于方式三所示的方式确定第一时频资源集合的频域密度。还例如,基于方式二所示的方式确定第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置,基于方式三所示的方式确定第一时频资源集合的频域密度。可以由多种组合方式,这里不再赘述。For example, the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set are determined based on the manner shown in the first manner, and the frequency-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined based on the manner shown in the third manner. For another example, determine the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the first time-frequency resource set based on the method shown in the second method, and determine the frequency-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set based on the method shown in the third method . There can be multiple combinations, so I won’t repeat them here.
上述的方式一至方式三详细介绍了如何确定第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。相对于前文中所述的终端设备需要正确解析多个码字分别对应的DCI之后才能正确解析码字的情况来说,本申请实施例中的用于数据传输的方法,通过协议预定义、高层信令指示或第二字段指示第一时频资源集合的配置信息,使得终端设备在接收到第二码字的时候能够基于第二DCI解析到第二PTRS映射的第二时频资源集合,以及基于协议预定义、高层信令指示或第二字段指示的第一时频资源集合的配置信息确定第一时频资源集合,从而避免在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合上解析第二码字。The foregoing manners 1 to 3 describe in detail how to determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set. Compared with the aforementioned situation where the terminal device needs to correctly parse the DCI corresponding to multiple codewords before it can correctly parse the codewords, the method for data transmission in the embodiments of the present application is pre-defined by the protocol and high-level The signaling indication or the second field indicates the configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set, so that the terminal device can parse the second time-frequency resource set mapped to the second PTRS based on the second DCI when receiving the second codeword, and Determine the first time-frequency resource set based on the configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set indicated by protocol predefinition, high-level signaling indication or the second field, so as to avoid the first time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set And parse the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
应理解,方式一至方式三以一个第二码字为例进行说明的,针对多个第二码字(第二码字#1-第二码字#X)的情况与上述的类似。即,网络设备以及终端设备针对第二码字#1能够基于协议预定义、高层信令指示或第二字段指示至少一个第二时频资源集合(第二时频资源集合#2-第二时频资源集合#X)以及第一时频资源集合的配置信息。It should be understood that the manners 1 to 3 are described by taking one second codeword as an example, and the situation for multiple second codewords (second codeword #1-second codeword #X) is similar to the above. That is, for the second codeword #1, the network device and the terminal device can indicate at least one second time-frequency resource set (second time-frequency resource set #2-second time Frequency resource set #X) and configuration information of the first time-frequency resource set.
与上述的确定第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度类似。对于第一码字来说,需要避免在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射。也就是说,在第一DCI指示所述第一时频资源集合用于映射第一PTRS的前提下,还需要指示至少一个第二时频资源集合的位置。It is similar to the determination of the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position and frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set described above. For the first codeword, it is necessary to avoid mapping on the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set. That is, under the premise that the first DCI indicates that the first time-frequency resource set is used for mapping the first PTRS, it is also necessary to indicate the location of at least one second time-frequency resource set.
下面分别介绍基于预配置信息、高层信令以及第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的几种方式。Several methods for indicating the second time-frequency resource set based on pre-configuration information, high-level signaling, and the first field are respectively introduced below.
方式一:根据预配置信息确定所述第二时频资源集合,其中,所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的配置参数,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个配置参数:Manner 1: Determine the second time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, where the pre-configuration information indicates a configuration parameter of the second time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters :
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合可以理解为协议预定义第二时频资源集合。即,终端设备和网络设备根据协议预定义的第二时频资源集合的位置,能够获知第二时频资源集合的位置。Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the second time-frequency resource set can be understood as the second time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol. That is, the terminal device and the network device can learn the location of the second time-frequency resource set according to the location of the second time-frequency resource set predefined by the protocol.
则网络设备在发送第一码字的时候,能够基于预定义的至少一个第二时频资源集合的位置,以及第一时频资源集合,进而避免在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合以及所述至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射第一码字;Therefore, when the network device transmits the first codeword, it can be based on the position of at least one predefined second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set, thereby avoiding the first in the preset time-frequency resource set. Mapping the first codeword on the set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources;
同理,终端设备在接收到第一码字的时候能够基于预定义的至少一个第二时频资源集合的位置以及第一DCI指示的第一时频资源集合避免在预设的时频资源集合中的所述第一时频资源集合以及所述至少一个第二时频资源集合上解调第一码字。In the same way, when the terminal device receives the first codeword, it can avoid the preset time-frequency resource set based on the position of at least one predefined second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set indicated by the first DCI. Demodulate the first codeword on the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources in.
下面,从网络设备的角度简单说明网络设备如何根据预配置信息,确定第二时频资源集合的。Below, from the perspective of the network device, it is briefly explained how the network device determines the second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information.
具体地,预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。进而网络设备根据预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以获知第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
具体地,预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第二码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第三传输能力值确定,其中,所述第二码字对应的MCS为所述预配置信息指示的,所述第三传输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;或者,The time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the preconfiguration information , The third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
预配置信息直接指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小。The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第二码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第三传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为表3所示的2时,则查表3能够确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度的方式可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第二码字对应的MCS确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be When 2 is shown in Table 3, then looking up Table 3 can determine that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in the present application indicates the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
还例如,预配置信息直接指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度为4。其中,时域密度为N,表示时域上每N个OFDM符号中有一个第二时频资源集合占用的RE,N为正整数。For another example, the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. Wherein, the time domain density is N, which means that there is an RE occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
具体地,预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据所述第二码字对应的资源块RB数量等级和第四传输能力值确定,其中,所述第二码字对应的RB为预配置信息指示的,所述第四传输能力值为终端设备上报的用于确定所述第一PTRS的频域密度;或者,The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number level of the resource block RB corresponding to the second codeword and the fourth transmission capability value, where the RB corresponding to the second codeword is a pre-configuration information indicator , The fourth transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
预配置信息直接指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小。The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表4所示,若基于第二码字对应的RB数量,以及终端设备上报的第四传输能力值N RB,确定RB数量等级为表4所示的2时,则查表4能够确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度为4。即,本申请中预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度的方式可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第二码字对应的RB数量确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度。 For example, as shown in Table 4 involved in the set of time-frequency resources for configuring PTRS introduced above, if the number of RBs is determined based on the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword and the fourth transmission capability value N RB reported by the terminal device When it is 2 shown in Table 4, then looking up Table 4 can determine that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the manner in which the pre-configuration information in this application indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword.
还例如,预配置信息直接指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度为4。其中,频域密度为 M,表示频域上每M个RB中有一个第二时频资源集合占用的RE,M为正整数。For another example, the pre-configuration information directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. Wherein, the frequency domain density is M, which means that there is an RE occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
具体地,预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:Specifically, the pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set; or,
预配置信息指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合表13-表15详细介绍预配置信息如何指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, combining Table 13 to Table 15 introduces in detail how the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
首先根据所述第一DCI确定第一码字对应的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the first demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the first codeword according to the first DCI.
表13中示出的为预配置信息通过指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 13 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
如表13所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第一DMRS用于解调所述第一码字;As shown in Table 13, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
其中,对于第一类型的DMRS而言,DMRS端口1000、1001、1004、1005占用偶数子载波(子载波编号为0、2、4…10),DMRS端口1002、1003、1006、1007占用奇数子载波(对应的子载波编号为1、3、5…);对于第二类型的DMRS而言,DMRS端口1000、1001占用子载波编号为0、1、6、7,DMRS端口1002、1003占用的子载波编号为2、3、8、9,DMRS端口1004、1005占用的子载波编号为4、5、10、11。Among them, for the first type of DMRS, DMRS ports 1000, 1001, 1004, and 1005 occupy even-numbered subcarriers (subcarrier numbers are 0, 2, 4...10), and DMRS ports 1002, 1003, 1006, and 1007 occupy odd-numbered subcarriers. Carrier (corresponding sub-carrier numbers are 1, 3, 5...); for the second type of DMRS, the sub-carrier numbers occupied by DMRS ports 1000 and 1001 are 0, 1, 6, 7, and those occupied by DMRS ports 1002, 1003 The sub-carrier numbers are 2, 3, 8, and 9, and the sub-carrier numbers occupied by the DMRS ports 1004 and 1005 are 4, 5, 10, and 11.
表13第二时频资源集合的频域位置Table 13 Frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000029
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000030
具体地,预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB中包括12个子载波,从0顺序编号为0-11,每个子载波对应有一个编号。子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最高的子载波到频率最低的子载波依次顺序编号,或者,子载波编号为在1个RB内从频率最低的子载波到频率最高的子载波依次顺序编号。Specifically, each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes 12 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 0-11 in order, and each subcarrier corresponds to a number. The sub-carrier numbering is the order from the sub-carrier with the highest frequency to the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency within 1 RB, or the sub-carrier number is the order from the sub-carrier with the lowest frequency to the sub-carrier with the highest frequency within 1 RB Numbering.
表14中示出的为预配置信息通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 14 shows that the pre-configuration information indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
如表14所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 14, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
表14第二时频资源集合的频域位置Table 14 Frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000031
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000032
进一步地,如表15所示,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波包括:Further, as shown in Table 15, the second time-frequency resource set occupying any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为1的子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波包括:The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set including:
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为0的子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的任意一个的子载波包括:The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for numbers 0, 1, 6, and 7, including:
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为2的子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波包括:The subcarriers numbered any one of 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set occupied by the second time-frequency resource set include:
所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的编号为0的子载波。The second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
表15第二时频资源集合的频域位置Table 15 Frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000033
方式一下相当于协议预定了第二时频资源集合的各种参数,那么终端设备也能够基于协议确定第二时频资源集合,具体确定方式与上述的网络设备确定第二时频资源集合类似,这里不再赘述。The first method is equivalent to that the protocol has predetermined various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and the terminal device can also determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol. The specific determination method is similar to the above-mentioned network device determining the second time-frequency resource set. I won't repeat it here.
方式二:网络设备向终端设备发送高层信令,所述高层信令指示所述第二时频资源集 合的配置参数,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个配置参数:Manner 2: The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, where the high-level signaling indicates a configuration parameter of the second time-frequency resource set, and the configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。进而网络设备根据预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以获知第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the high-layer signaling indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position. Furthermore, the network device can learn the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set according to the preset time-domain start position of the time-frequency resource set.
具体地,高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第二码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第三传输能力值确定,其中,所述第二码字对应的MCS为所述高层信令指示的,所述第三传输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;或者,The time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the high-level signaling , The third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS; or,
高层信令直接指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小。The high-layer signaling directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第二码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第三传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为2时,则第二时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第二码字对应的MCS确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in this application indicates that the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
还例如,高层信令直接指示第一时频资源集合的时域密度为4。For another example, the high-level signaling directly indicates that the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is 4.
其中,时域密度为N,表示时域上每N个OFDM符号中第二时频资源集合占用一个RE,N为正整数。Wherein, the time domain density is N, which means that the second time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every N OFDM symbols in the time domain, and N is a positive integer.
具体地,高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据所述第二码字对应的资源块RB数量等级和第四传输能力值确定,其中,所述第二码字对应的RB为高层信令指示的,所述第四传输能力值为终端设备上报的用于确定所述第一PTRS的频域密度;或者,The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the resource block RB quantity level and the fourth transmission capability value corresponding to the second codeword, where the RB corresponding to the second codeword is a high-level signaling indication , The fourth transmission capability value is reported by the terminal device and used to determine the frequency domain density of the first PTRS; or,
高层信令直接指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小。The high-layer signaling directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表4所示,若基于第二码字对应的RB数量,以及终端设备上报的第四传输能力值N RB,确定RB数量等级为2时,第二时频资源集合的频域密度为4。即,本申请中高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第二码字对应的RB数量确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度。 For example, as shown in Table 4 involved in the set of time-frequency resources for configuring PTRS introduced above, if the number of RBs is determined based on the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword and the fourth transmission capability value N RB reported by the terminal device When it is 2, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the high-level signaling in the present application indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain described above. In this way, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the number of RBs corresponding to the second codeword.
还例如,高层信令直接指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度为4。For another example, high-layer signaling directly indicates that the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4.
其中,频域密度为M,表示频域上每M个RB中第一时频资源集合占用一个的RE,M为正整数。Wherein, the frequency domain density is M, which means that the first time-frequency resource set occupies one RE in every M RBs in the frequency domain, and M is a positive integer.
具体地,高层信令指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:Specifically, the high-layer signaling indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
高层信令指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The higher layer signaling indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set; or,
高层信令指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The high-layer signaling indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合前文所示的表13-表15详细介绍高层信令如何指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, in conjunction with Table 13 to Table 15 shown in the foregoing, it is described in detail how high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set.
首先根据所述第一DCI确定第一码字对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the DMRS port number of the second demodulation reference signal corresponding to the first codeword according to the first DCI.
表13中示出的为高层信令通过指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 13 shows that the high-level signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
如表13所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第一DMRS用于解调所述第一码字;As shown in Table 13, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
表14中示出的为高层信令通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 14 shows that the high-layer signaling indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
如表14所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 14, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
进一步地,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的一个子载波如表15所示这里不再赘述。Further, the second time-frequency resource set occupies one subcarrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set, as shown in Table 15 and will not be repeated here.
方式二下相当于网络设备先确定了第二时频资源集合的各种参数,并且在发送码字之前通过高层信令通知终端设备第二时频资源集合的各种参数,那么终端设备能够基于高层信令确定第二时频资源集合,具体确定方式即上面描述的高层信令如何指示的第二时频资源集合的各种参数,这里不再赘述。The second method is equivalent to that the network device first determines the various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and informs the terminal device of the various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set through high-level signaling before sending the codeword, then the terminal device can be based on The high-level signaling determines the second time-frequency resource set, and the specific determination method is how the above-described high-level signaling indicates various parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, which will not be repeated here.
方式三:网络设备向终端设备发送的第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示所述第二时频资源集合的配置参数,其中,所述配置参数至少包括如下参数中的一个:Manner 3: The first DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, where the configuration parameters include at least the following parameters one of:
时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Time domain start position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density.
具体地,第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置可以是:第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为预设的时频资源集合的时域起始位置。Specifically, the first field indicating the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set may be: the first field indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the time domain start position of the preset time-frequency resource set Start position.
具体地,第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度包括:Specifically, the first field indicating the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据所述第二码字对应的调制编码方式MCS和第三传输能力值确定,其中,所述第二码字对应的MCS为所述第一字段指示的,所述第三传输能力值用于确定所述第一PTRS的时域密度;The time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the modulation and coding scheme MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value, where the MCS corresponding to the second codeword is indicated by the first field , The third transmission capability value is used to determine the time domain density of the first PTRS;
可选地,第一字段为第一DCI中原有的字段,例如,第一DCI中包括两个MCS字段,两个MCS字段中的一个MCS字段用于指示第二码字对应的MCS等级,另一个MCS字段(第一字段)用于指示第二码字对应的MCS等级。Optionally, the first field is an original field in the first DCI. For example, the first DCI includes two MCS fields, one of the two MCS fields is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword, and the other One MCS field (first field) is used to indicate the MCS level corresponding to the second codeword.
或者,第一字段直接指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小。Or, the first field directly indicates the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
例如,如前文介绍的配置PTRS的时频资源集合中所涉及的表3所示,若基于第二码字对应的MCS,以及终端设备上报的第三传输能力值ptrs-MCS,确定MCS等级为2时,则第二时频资源集合的时域密度为4。即,本申请中第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度可以与前文所述的PTRS映射到时频域上的物理资源的方式类似。这样可以根据第二码字对应的MCS确定第二时频资源集合的时域密度。For example, as shown in Table 3 involved in the time-frequency resource set for configuring PTRS described above, if based on the MCS corresponding to the second codeword and the third transmission capability value ptrs-MCS reported by the terminal device, the MCS level is determined to be At 2 o'clock, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. That is, the first field in this application indicates that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set may be similar to the manner in which the PTRS is mapped to the physical resources in the time-frequency domain as described above. In this way, the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined according to the MCS corresponding to the second codeword.
还例如,第一字段占用两个比特位,两个比特位上不同值的组成,用于直接指示第二时频资源集合的时域密度为4。如表16所示。For another example, the first field occupies two bits, and the composition of different values on the two bits is used to directly indicate that the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4. As shown in Table 16.
表16第一字段指示时域密度The first field of Table 16 indicates the time domain density
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000034
应理解,表16只是一种举例,第一字段与第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小还可以有其他可能的对应关系,这里不再一一举例说明。例如,第一字段可以是3个比特位组成。It should be understood that Table 16 is only an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the first field and the time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set, which will not be described here. For example, the first field may be composed of 3 bits.
所述第一字段指示所述第一码字和所述第二码字分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:The first field indicates the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap;
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap;
第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap.
第一码字和第二码字采用不同的传输端口;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的DMRS端口;或者说,第一码字和第二码字为不同的码字;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的TB;或者说,第一码字和第二码字对应不同的传输层;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字的空间滤波信息不同;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字占用相同的载波;或者说,第一码字和所述第二码字占用相同的BWP。The first code word and the second code word use different transmission ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different DMRS ports; in other words, the first code word and the second code word are different code words ; In other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different TBs; in other words, the first code word and the second code word correspond to different transmission layers; or, the first code word and the second code word The spatial filtering information is different; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same carrier; in other words, the first codeword and the second codeword occupy the same BWP.
可选的,第一码字和第二码字位于相同的时间单元内,时间单元为slot,或者OFDM符号,或者CDMA符号。Optionally, the first codeword and the second codeword are located in the same time unit, and the time unit is a slot, or an OFDM symbol, or a CDMA symbol.
可选的,所述第一码字和所述第二码字分别由不同的DCI(第一DCI和第二DCI)调度。Optionally, the first codeword and the second codeword are scheduled by different DCIs (first DCI and second DCI) respectively.
可选地,第一DCI不用于调度第二码字,第二DCI不用于调度第一码字;Optionally, the first DCI is not used to schedule the second codeword, and the second DCI is not used to schedule the first codeword;
可选地,第一DCI只用于调度第一码字,第一DCI只用于调度第二码字。Optionally, the first DCI is only used to schedule the first codeword, and the first DCI is only used to schedule the second codeword.
可选地,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的控制资源集合组不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI对应的物理下行控制信道配置参数不同;或者说,第一DCI和第二DCI指示的解调参考信号DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合位于相同的载波;或者说,第一DCI占用的控制资源集合和第二DCI占用的控制资源集合占用相同的BWP;或者说,第一DCI加扰的扰码和第二DCI加扰的扰码不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组和第二DCI指示的HARQ process编码处于的HARQ process组不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束和第二DCI指示的发送波束不同;或者说,第一DCI指示的发送波束组和第二DCI指示的发送波束组不同。Optionally, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the control resource sets corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI are different; in other words, the physical downlinks corresponding to the first DCI and the second DCI The control channel configuration parameters are different; in other words, the demodulation reference signal DMRS ports indicated by the first DCI and the second DCI belong to different code division multiplexing CDM groups; in other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the second DCI occupy In other words, the control resource set occupied by the first DCI and the control resource set occupied by the second DCI occupy the same BWP; in other words, the scrambling code of the first DCI and the second DCI The scrambling codes are different; in other words, the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the first DCI is in is different from the HARQ process group in which the HARQ process code indicated by the second DCI is in different; The sending beams indicated by the second DCI are different; in other words, the sending beam group indicated by the first DCI and the sending beam group indicated by the second DCI are different.
进一步地,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度:Further, the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set:
若所述第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency of the first time-frequency resource set. Domain density, wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
若所述第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is based on the first The field is determined or determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4;
或者,所述第一字段直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小。Alternatively, the first field directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,第一字段占用两个比特位,第一字段用于指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度包括:Exemplarily, the first field occupies two bits, and the first field is used to indicate the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set including:
第一字段为“00”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,第二时频资源集合的频域密度与第一时频资源集合的频域密度相等;或者,When the first field is "00", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively completely overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is the same as the first time-frequency resource set The frequency domain density of is equal; or,
第一字段为“01”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全不重叠,第二时频资源集合的频域密度为任意值;或者,When the first field is "01", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively do not overlap at all, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is any value; or,
第一字段为“10”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,第二时频资源集合的频域密度为4;或者,When the first field is "10", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 4; or,
第一字段为“11”时,第一码字和第二码字分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度为2。如表17和表18所示。When the first field is "11", the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first codeword and the second codeword respectively partially overlap, and the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is 2. As shown in Table 17 and Table 18.
表17第一字段指示频域密度The first field of Table 17 indicates the frequency domain density
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000035
表18第一字段的字段描述Table 18 Field description of the first field
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000036
表19第一字段的字段描述Table 19 Field description of the first field
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2020084868-appb-000037
应理解,表17只是一种举例,第一字段与第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小还可以有其他可能的对应关系,这里不再一一举例说明。例如,第一字段可以是3个比特位组成。It should be understood that Table 17 is only an example, and there may be other possible correspondences between the frequency domain density of the first field and the second time-frequency resource set, which will not be described here. For example, the first field may be composed of 3 bits.
第一字段指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波;或者,The first field indicates the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set; or,
第一字段指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号。The first field indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
可选地,结合前文所示的表13-表15详细介绍第一字段如何指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Optionally, it is described in detail how the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set in conjunction with Table 13 to Table 15 shown above.
首先根据所述第一DCI确定第一码字对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号。First, determine the DMRS port number of the second demodulation reference signal corresponding to the first codeword according to the first DCI.
表13中示出的为第一字段通过指示第二时频资源集合占用的子载波的编号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 13 shows that the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the number of the subcarrier occupied by the second time-frequency resource set.
如表13所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波,其中,所述第一DMRS用于解调所述第一码字;As shown in Table 13, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time Any one of the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the frequency resource set, where the first DMRS is used to demodulate the first codeword;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the even numbered subcarriers in each RB in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波;If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset time-frequency resource set Any one of the sub-carriers except the sub-carriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中 每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the second time-frequency resource set occupies the preset Any one of the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, 7 in each RB in the time-frequency resource set.
表13中示出的为第一字段通过指示第二时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号,进而指示第二时频资源集合的频域位置。Table 13 shows that the first field indicates the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set by indicating the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set.
如表13所示,若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为奇数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;As shown in Table 13, if the first DMRS is of the first type and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set Is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为偶数的子载波中的任意一个子载波;If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the even-numbered subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set;
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中的任意一个的子载波If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1004, then The second time-frequency resource set occupies any one of the subcarriers in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set except for the subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7
若,所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个时,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,则所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内编号为0、1、6、7中的任意一个的子载波。If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, the second time-frequency resource set occupies any subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set.
进一步地,所述第二时频资源集合占用所述预设的时频资源集合中每一个RB内的一个子载波如表14所示这里不再赘述。Further, the second time-frequency resource set occupies one sub-carrier in each RB in the preset time-frequency resource set as shown in Table 14 and will not be repeated here.
还应理解,第一字段可以仅仅指示上述第二时频资源集合的4个配置参数中的一部分配置参数,其他配置参数可以结合上文中涉及的方式一以及方式二确定。It should also be understood that the first field may only indicate a part of the configuration parameters among the four configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set, and other configuration parameters may be determined in combination with the above-mentioned method 1 and method 2.
例如,第一DCI中包括的第一字段仅仅指示第二时频资源集合的频域密度(如表10和表11所示)。则,第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度以及频域位置可以基于上述的方式一或方式二确定;或者,第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度以及频域位置可以是复用第一DCI中已有的字段确定(如上所述的第一DCI中的MCS字段、DMRS端口指示字段等)。For example, the first field included in the first DCI only indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set (as shown in Table 10 and Table 11). Then, the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set can be determined based on the above-mentioned method one or two; or, the time-domain start position and time-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set The density and frequency domain position may be determined by multiplexing existing fields in the first DCI (the MCS field in the first DCI, the DMRS port indication field, etc., as described above).
还应理解,上述的方式一、方式二以及方式三确定第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度4个配置参数中的至少一个配置参数的方法,可以结合使用。It should also be understood that the foregoing manner 1, manner 2, and manner three determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of at least one of the four configuration parameters of the second time-frequency resource set. Methods can be used in combination.
例如,基于方式一所示的方式确定第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置,基于方式三所示的方式确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度。还例如,基于方式二所示的方式确定第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置,基于方式三所示的方式确定第二时频资源集合的频域密度。可以由多种组合方式,这里不再赘述。For example, the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set are determined based on the manner shown in the first manner, and the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the manner shown in the third manner. For another example, determine the time-domain start position, time-domain density, and frequency-domain position of the second time-frequency resource set based on the method shown in the second method, and determine the frequency-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set based on the method shown in the third method . There can be multiple combinations, so I won’t repeat them here.
上述的方式一至方式三详细介绍了如何确定第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。相对于前文中所述的终端设备需要正确解析多个码字分别对应的DCI之后才能正确解析码字的情况来说,本申请实施例中的用于数据传输的方法,通过协议预定义、高层信令指示或第一字段指示第二时频资源集合的配置信息,使得终端 设备在接收到第一码字的时候能够基于第一DCI解析到第一PTRS映射的第二时频资源集合,以及基于协议预定义、高层信令指示或第一字段指示的第二时频资源集合的配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,从而避免在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合上解析第一码字。The foregoing manners 1 to 3 describe in detail how to determine the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set. Compared with the aforementioned situation where the terminal device needs to correctly parse the DCI corresponding to multiple codewords before it can correctly parse the codewords, the method for data transmission in the embodiments of the present application is pre-defined by the protocol and high-level The signaling indication or the first field indicates the configuration information of the second time-frequency resource set, so that the terminal device can parse the second time-frequency resource set mapped to the first PTRS based on the first DCI when receiving the first codeword, and Determine the second time-frequency resource set based on the configuration information of the second time-frequency resource set indicated by the protocol pre-defined, high-level signaling indication or the first field, so as to avoid the first time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set And parse the first codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
应理解,方式一至方式三以一个第二码字为例进行说明的,针对多个第二码字(第二码字#1-第二码字#X)的情况与上述的类似。即,网络设备以及终端设备针对第一码字能够基于协议预定义、高层信令指示或第一字段指示至少一个第二时频资源集合(第二时频资源集合#1-第二时频资源集合#X)的配置信息。It should be understood that the manners 1 to 3 are described by taking one second codeword as an example, and the situation for multiple second codewords (second codeword #1-second codeword #X) is similar to the above. That is, for the first codeword, the network device and the terminal device can indicate at least one second time-frequency resource set (second time-frequency resource set #1-second time-frequency resource Set #X) configuration information.
在确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合之后,能够确定第一码字不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射,第二码字不在预设的时频资源集合中的第一时频资源集合以及至少一个第二时频资源集合上映射,第二码字为至少一个第二码字中的任意一个第二码字,第二时频资源集合为至少一个第二时频资源集合中用于映射第二码字对应的第二PTRS的第二时频资源集合。进而,执行S220,网络设备向终端设备发送第一码字和至少一个第二码字。After determining the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, it is possible to determine the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in which the first codeword is not in the preset time-frequency resource set Above mapping, the second codeword is not mapped on the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in the preset time-frequency resource set, and the second codeword is any one of the at least one second codeword The second codeword and the second time-frequency resource set are at least one second time-frequency resource set for mapping the second PTRS corresponding to the second codeword. Furthermore, in step S220, the network device sends the first codeword and at least one second codeword to the terminal device.
下面,以终端设备接收到第一码字和一个第二码字为例,说明终端设备如何解析第一码字和第二码字的。In the following, taking the first code word and a second code word received by the terminal device as an example, how the terminal device parses the first code word and the second code word is explained.
基于,上述的S210可知。终端设备接收第一码字时,能够基于第一DCI确定第一PTRS映射的第一时频资源集合,继而能够确定不在第一时频资源集合上解析第一码字。进一步地,由协议预定义、接收到网路设备发送的高层信令或者基于第一DCI中的第一字段确定第二时频资源集合的位置。并避免在第二时频资源集合上解析第一码字。Based on the above S210 can be known. When receiving the first codeword, the terminal device can determine the first time-frequency resource set mapped by the first PTRS based on the first DCI, and then can determine not to parse the first codeword on the first time-frequency resource set. Further, the position of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on the first field in the first DCI, pre-defined by the protocol, received high-level signaling sent by the network device. And avoid parsing the first codeword on the second time-frequency resource set.
同理,终端设备接收第二码字时,能够基于第二DCI确定第二PTRS映射的第二时频资源集合,继而能够确定不在第二时频资源集合上解析第二码字。进一步地,由协议预定义、接收到网路设备发送的高层信令或者基于第二DCI中的第二字段确定第一时频资源集合的位置。并避免在第一时频资源集合上解析第二码字。Similarly, when the terminal device receives the second codeword, it can determine the second time-frequency resource set mapped by the second PTRS based on the second DCI, and then can determine not to parse the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set. Further, the location of the first time-frequency resource set is determined based on the second field in the second DCI, pre-defined by the protocol, received high-level signaling sent by the network device. And avoid parsing the second codeword on the first time-frequency resource set.
应理解,终端设备基于协议预定义确定第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合的具体方式与上述S210所示的网络设备确定第一时频资源集合和第二时频资源集合类似,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific manner for the terminal device to determine the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set based on the protocol predefinition is similar to the network device determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set shown in S210. I won't repeat it here.
从而,本申请实施例中的终端设备接收到多个码字以及多个码字对应的DCI时,无需在解析多个DCI之后才能确定码字映射的时频资源集合。提高了码字的接收性能。Therefore, when the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application receives multiple codewords and the DCI corresponding to the multiple codewords, it is not necessary to analyze the multiple DCIs to determine the time-frequency resource set for codeword mapping. Improved code word reception performance.
上面结合了图4和图5详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法。下面结合具体的实施例,说明本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法如何应用。The method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 4 and FIG. 5. The following describes how to apply the method for data transmission provided in the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with specific embodiments.
图6是本申请实施例提供的具体实施例一的示意图。该示意图包括TRP#1、TRP#2以及支持CoMP的终端设备。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of specific embodiment one provided by the embodiments of the present application. The schematic diagram includes TRP#1, TRP#2, and terminal equipment supporting CoMP.
假设两个TRP(如图5所示的TRP#1和TRP#2)分别调度两个PDSCH(如图5所示的PDSCH#1和PDSCH#2)占用相同的时频资源集合,在一个RB内,两个PDSCH采用不同的DMRS组保证DMRS频域正交。Assume that two TRPs (TRP#1 and TRP#2 as shown in Figure 5) respectively schedule two PDSCHs (PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 as shown in Figure 5) occupy the same set of time-frequency resources. Inside, two PDSCHs use different DMRS groups to ensure that the DMRS frequency domain is orthogonal.
对于TRP#1而言,PDSCH#1不在TRP#1发送的PTRS#1所占的第一时频资源集合上映射数据,为了避免TRP#2发送的PTRS#2的干扰,TRP#1还会确定一个第二第二时频资源集合,该第二时频资源集合包括PTRS#2发送的PTRS#2占用时频资源集合。进一步 地,PDSCH#1不在该第二时频资源集合上映射数据。For TRP#1, PDSCH#1 does not map data on the first time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1. To avoid the interference of PTRS#2 sent by TRP#2, TRP#1 will also Determine a second second time-frequency resource set, where the second time-frequency resource set includes the time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#2 sent by PTRS#2. Further, PDSCH#1 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set.
对于TRP#2而言,PDSCH#2不在TRP#2发送的PTRS#2所占的第二时频资源集合上映射数据,为了避免TRP#1发送的PTRS#1的干扰,TRP#2还会配置一个第一时频资源集合,该第一时频资源集合包括TRP#1发送的PTRS#1占用时频资源集合。进一步地,PDSCH#2不在该第一时频资源集合上映射数据。For TRP#2, PDSCH#2 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#2 sent by TRP#2. To avoid the interference of PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1, TRP#2 will also A first time-frequency resource set is configured, and the first time-frequency resource set includes the time-frequency resource set occupied by PTRS#1 sent by TRP#1. Further, PDSCH#2 does not map data on the first time-frequency resource set.
S310,TRP#1确定第二时频资源集合。S310: TRP#1 determines a second time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,TRP#1基于上述的方式一确定第二时频资源集合。即协议规定了第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Exemplarily, TRP#1 determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1. That is, the agreement specifies the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set.
S320,终端设备确定第二时频资源集合。S320: The terminal device determines a second time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,终端设备也基于上述的方式一确定第二时频资源集合。Exemplarily, the terminal device also determines the second time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1.
S330,TRP#1在PDSCH#1中向终端设备发送第一码字。S330: TRP#1 sends the first codeword to the terminal device in PDSCH#1.
具体地,PDSCH#1由TRP#1发送的DCI#1调度,TRP#1在PDSCH#1中的第二时频资源集合以及第一时频资源集合上不映射数据。其中,第一时频资源集合的位置由DCI#1指示。Specifically, PDSCH#1 is scheduled by DCI#1 sent by TRP#1, and TRP#1 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set in PDSCH#1. Wherein, the position of the first time-frequency resource set is indicated by DCI#1.
S340,终端设备解调第一码字。S340: The terminal device demodulates the first codeword.
具体地,终端设备接收到DCI#1时,获知第一时频资源集合的位置,基于协议规定的第二时频资源集合的位置。终端设备确定不在PDSCH#1中的第一时频资源集合以及第二时频资源集合上解调第一码字。Specifically, when the terminal device receives DCI#1, it learns the location of the first time-frequency resource set based on the location of the second time-frequency resource set specified by the protocol. The terminal device determines that the first codeword is demodulated on the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set that are not in PDSCH#1.
S350,TRP#2确定第一时频资源集合。S350: TRP#2 determines the first time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,TRP#2确定第一时频资源集合。即协议规定了第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置、时域密度、频域位置以及频域密度。Exemplarily, TRP#2 determines the first time-frequency resource set. That is, the agreement specifies the time domain starting position, time domain density, frequency domain position, and frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set.
S360,终端设备确定第一时频资源集合。S360: The terminal device determines a first time-frequency resource set.
示例性地,终端设备基于上述的方式一确定第一时频资源集合。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines the first time-frequency resource set based on the above method 1.
S370,TRP#2在PDSCH#2中向终端设备发送第二码字。S370: TRP#2 sends the second codeword to the terminal device in PDSCH#2.
具体地,PDSCH#2由TRP#2发送的DCI#2调度,TRP#2在PDSCH#2中的第二时频资源集合以及第一时频资源集合上不映射数据。其中,第二时频资源集合的位置由DCI#2指示。Specifically, PDSCH#2 is scheduled by DCI#2 sent by TRP#2, and TRP#2 does not map data on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set in PDSCH#2. Wherein, the position of the second time-frequency resource set is indicated by DCI#2.
S380,终端设备解调第二码字。S380: The terminal device demodulates the second codeword.
具体地,终端设备接收到DCI#2时,获知第二时频资源集合的位置,基于协议规定的第一时频资源集合的位置。终端设备确定不在PDSCH#2中的第二时频资源集合以及第一时频资源集合上解调第二码字。Specifically, when the terminal device receives DCI#2, it learns the location of the second time-frequency resource set based on the location of the first time-frequency resource set specified by the protocol. The terminal device determines to demodulate the second codeword on the second time-frequency resource set and the first time-frequency resource set that are not in PDSCH#2.
应理解,图6只是一种举例,不能限制本申请的保护范围。It should be understood that FIG. 6 is only an example and cannot limit the protection scope of the present application.
应理解,上述各个方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the foregoing method embodiments, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not correspond to the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. Constitute any limitation.
上文中结合图4-图6详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的方法,下面结合图7-图10详细介绍本申请实施例提供的用于数据传输的装置。The method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figs. 4 to 6, and the device for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to Figs. 7-10.
参见图7,图7是本申请提出的用于数据传输的装置10的示意图。如图7所示,装置10包括接收单元110以及处理单元120。Refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic diagram of the device 10 for data transmission proposed in this application. As shown in FIG. 7, the device 10 includes a receiving unit 110 and a processing unit 120.
处理单元120,用于确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合,The processing unit 120 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set Dividing the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set from the preset time-frequency resource set,
其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,其中,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to Demodulate the first data, and the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate at least one second data;
接收单元110,用于接收所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。The receiving unit 110 is configured to receive the first data and the at least one second data.
装置10和方法实施例中的终端设备完全对应,装置10可以是方法实施例中的终端设备,或者方法实施例中的终端设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置10的相应单元用于执行图4-图6所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。The device 10 is completely corresponding to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the device 10 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. The corresponding units of the apparatus 10 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-6.
其中,装置10中的接收单元110执行方法实施例中终端设备接收的步骤。例如,执行图4中接收网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI的步骤123和网络设备向向终端设备发送第一码字的步骤130,以及执行图5中接收网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI和至少一个第二DCI的步骤211和接收网络设备向终端设备发送第一码字和至少一个第二码字的步骤220。处理单元120执行方法实施例中终端设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如,执行图4中确定第一时频资源集合的步骤122,以及执行图5中确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合的步骤212。Wherein, the receiving unit 110 in the apparatus 10 executes the steps of the terminal device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 123 of the receiving network device sending the first DCI to the terminal device and step 130 of the network device sending the first codeword to the terminal device in FIG. 4, and perform the receiving network device sending the first DCI to the terminal device in FIG. 5 And step 211 of at least one second DCI and step 220 of receiving the first codeword and at least one second codeword from the network device to the terminal device. The processing unit 120 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step 122 of determining a first time-frequency resource set in FIG. 4 and step 212 of determining a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in FIG. 5 are performed.
可选地,装置10还可以包括发送单元130,用于向其他设备发送信息。发送单元130和接收单元110可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元120可以是处理器。发送单元130可以是接收器。接收单元110可以是发射器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。Optionally, the apparatus 10 may further include a sending unit 130 for sending information to other devices. The sending unit 130 and the receiving unit 110 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions. Wherein, the processing unit 120 may be a processor. The sending unit 130 may be a receiver. The receiving unit 110 may be a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
参见图8,图8是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备20的结构示意图。该终端设备20可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明,图8仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图8所示,终端设备20包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,以执行本申请提出的用于数据传输的方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 20 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 20 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1. For ease of description, FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device 20 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the terminal device in the method for data transmission proposed in this application. Corresponding process and/or operation. I won't repeat them here.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图8仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 8 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
参见图9,图9是本申请提出的用于数据传输的装置30的示意图。如图9所示,装置30包括发送单元310以及处理单元320。Refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic diagram of the device 30 for data transmission proposed in this application. As shown in FIG. 9, the device 30 includes a sending unit 310 and a processing unit 320.
处理单元320,用于确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合,The processing unit 320 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset Suppose a set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources in the set of time-frequency resources,
其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to demodulate the First data, the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate at least one second data;
发送单元310,用于发送所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。The sending unit 310 is configured to send the first data and the at least one second data.
装置30和方法实施例中的网络设备完全对应,装置30可以是方法实施例中的网络设备,或者方法实施例中的网络设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置30的相应单元用于执行图4-图6所示的方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 30 completely corresponds to the network equipment in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 30 may be the network equipment in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network equipment in the method embodiment. The corresponding units of the device 30 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-6.
其中,装置30中的发送单元310执行方法实施例中网络设备发送的步骤。例如,执行图4中向终端设备发送第一DCI的步骤123和向终端设备发送第一码字的步骤130,以及执行图5中向终端设备发送第一DCI和至少一个第二DCI的步骤211和向终端设备发送第一码字和至少一个第二码字的步骤220。处理单元320执行方法实施例中网络设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如,执行图4中确定第一时频资源集合的步骤110和确定第二时频资源集合的步骤120,以及执行图5中确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合的步骤210。Wherein, the sending unit 310 in the apparatus 30 executes the steps of the network device sending in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 123 of sending the first DCI to the terminal device and step 130 of sending the first codeword to the terminal device in FIG. 4, and perform step 211 of sending the first DCI and at least one second DCI to the terminal device in FIG. 5 And the step 220 of sending the first codeword and at least one second codeword to the terminal device. The processing unit 320 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step 110 of determining the first time-frequency resource set and step 120 of determining the second time-frequency resource set in FIG. 4, and perform the step of determining the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set in FIG. Step 210.
可选地,装置30还可以包括接收单元330,用于接收其他设备发送信息。接收单元330和发送单元310可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元320可以是处理器。发送单元310可以是接收器。接收单元330可以是发射器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。Optionally, the apparatus 30 may further include a receiving unit 330, configured to receive information sent by other devices. The receiving unit 330 and the sending unit 310 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions. Wherein, the processing unit 320 may be a processor. The transmitting unit 310 may be a receiver. The receiving unit 330 may be a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
参见图10,图10是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备40的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述用于数据传输的方法中的网络设备的功能。如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图10所示,该网络设备可应用于如图1所示的系统中。Referring to FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 40 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above-mentioned method for data transmission. For example, it can be a schematic diagram of the structure of the base station. As shown in Figure 10, the network device can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1.
网络设备40可以包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)401和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit,BBU)。基带单元也可称为数字单元(digital unit,DU)402。所述RRU 401可以称为收发单元,与图9中的发送单元310对应。可选地,该收发单元401还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,其可以包括至少一个天线4011和射频单元4012。可选地,收发单元401可以包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路),发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述RRU 401部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如,用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的控制信息。所述BBU 402部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 401与BBU 402可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。The network device 40 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 401 and one or more base band units (BBU). The baseband unit may also be referred to as a digital unit (DU) 402. The RRU 401 may be called a transceiver unit, and corresponds to the sending unit 310 in FIG. 9. Optionally, the transceiver unit 401 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 4011 and a radio frequency unit 4012. Optionally, the transceiving unit 401 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit). The RRU 401 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the control information described in the foregoing embodiments to the terminal device. The part 402 of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station. The RRU 401 and the BBU 402 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 402为网络设备的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,可以与图9中的处理单元320对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等。例如该BBU(处理单元)402可以用于控制网络设备40执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,确定承载终端设备的控制信息的符号的长度。The BBU 402 is the control center of the network equipment, and may also be called a processing unit, which may correspond to the processing unit 320 in FIG. 9 and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 402 can be used to control the network device 40 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to determine the length of the symbol carrying the control information of the terminal device.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 402可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如,LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU 402还包括存储器4021和处理器4022。所述存储器4021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器4021存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器4022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器4021和处理器4022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此 外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 402 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (for example, an LTE system, or a 5G system), or may separately support Wireless access networks of different access standards. The BBU 402 also includes a memory 4021 and a processor 4022. The memory 4021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 4021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment, etc. The processor 4022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 4021 and the processor 4022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, each board can be equipped with necessary circuits.
应理解,图10所示的网络设备40能够实现图4-图6的方法实施例中涉及的网络设备功能。网络设备40中的各个单元的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。图10示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。It should be understood that the network device 40 shown in FIG. 10 can implement the network device functions involved in the method embodiments of FIGS. 4-6. The operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 40 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here. The structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 10 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other network device structures that may appear in the future.
本申请实施例还提供一种用于数据传输的系统,其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多个终端设备。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system for data transmission, which includes the aforementioned network device and one or more terminal devices.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图4-图6所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the network device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6. The various steps performed.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图4-图6所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6. The various steps performed.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图4-图6所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the network device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图4-图6所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIGS. 4-6.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的用于数据传输的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。This application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the terminal device in the method for data transmission provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input and output interface.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的用于数据传输的方法中由网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。This application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the network device in the method for data transmission provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input and output interface.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种用于数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合,Determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency resource set A set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources,
    其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调所述至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used for demodulation The first data and the at least one second PTRS are respectively used to demodulate the at least one second data;
    发送所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。Sending the first data and the at least one second data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。Send the first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, where the at least one second DCI is respectively used for scheduling the at least one second data, and the first DCI is used for scheduling the first data.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,所述第一MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The first time-frequency resource set is determined according to pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information ;
    或者,or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density size of the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;The preconfiguration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is a first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and The time domain start position of the second data;
    根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,The second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the pre-configuration information, where:
    所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second MCS, and the second MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density size of the second time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second number of RBs, where the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;The preconfiguration information indicates the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to different codes Division and multiplexing CDM group;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Determine the first demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the first data according to the first DCI;
    若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1003, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The method according to claim 4, wherein the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set comprises:
    根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Determine the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier among the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003 中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset subcarrier among subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies one preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The method according to claim 6, wherein the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies the subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  8. 根据权利要求2-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:The method according to any one of claims 2-7, wherein the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the first field The two fields are used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度;The method according to claim 8, wherein the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is determined according to the first field Or it is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, X takes the value of 2 or 4;
    所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;The location relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is determined according to the second field Or it is determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二 时频资源集合。Sending high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  11. 一种用于数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合,Determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is a preset time-frequency Divide the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set from the resource set,
    其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调所述至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used for demodulation The first data and the at least one second PTRS are respectively used to demodulate the at least one second data;
    接收所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。Receiving the first data and the at least one second data.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第一下行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。Receive first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, where the at least one second DCI is used to schedule the at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the determining a first time-frequency resource set and a second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword comprises:
    根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,所述第一MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The first time-frequency resource set is determined according to pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the first MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information ;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;The pre-configuration information indicates subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB;
    或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Alternatively, the pre-configuration information indicates a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;The preconfiguration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is a first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and The time domain start position of the second data;
    根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;Determining a second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second MCS, and the second MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density size of the second time-frequency resource set;
    所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second number of RBs, where the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicating the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB;
    或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组;Alternatively, the pre-configuration information indicates the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to Different CDM groups;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Determine the first demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the first data according to the first DCI;
    若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1003, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The method according to claim 14, wherein the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set comprises:
    根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Determine the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier among the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset subcarrier among subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies one preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The method according to claim 16, wherein the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies the subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  18. 根据权利要求12-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:The method according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the first field The two fields are used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度;The method according to claim 18, wherein the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is determined according to the first field Or it is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, X takes the value of 2 or 4;
    所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;The location relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is determined according to the second field Or it is determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4.
  20. 根据权利要求11-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-19, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。Receiving high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  21. 一种用于数据传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合之外的时频资源集合,The processing unit is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is preset A set of time-frequency resources other than the first set of time-frequency resources and the at least one second set of time-frequency resources in the set of time-frequency resources,
    其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS用于解调所述至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used for demodulation The first data, the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate the at least one second data;
    发送单元,用于发送所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。The sending unit is configured to send the first data and the at least one second data.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于发送第一下 行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send the first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is respectively used for scheduling the station The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二时频资源集合包括:The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the processing unit determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    所述处理单元根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,所述第一MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The processing unit determines the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the first MCS is the preset As indicated by the configuration information;
    或者,or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density size of the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The pre-configuration information indicates the demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;The preconfiguration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is a first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and The time domain start position of the second data;
    所述处理单元根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,The processing unit determines a second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information, where:
    所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The time domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second MCS, and the second MCS is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density size of the second time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;或者,The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to the second number of RBs, where the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information; or,
    所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;The pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;或者,The pre-configuration information indicates the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB; or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的码分复用CDM组;The preconfiguration information indicates the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to different codes Division and multiplexing CDM group;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的 频域位置包括:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    所述处理单元根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The processing unit determines the first demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the first data according to the first DCI;
    若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1003, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and The first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set comprises:
    所述处理单元根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The processing unit determines the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier among the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset subcarrier among subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies one preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用的编号为1的子载波;或者,The subcarrier numbered 1 occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用的编号为0的子载波;或者,The subcarrier numbered 0 occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用的编号为2的子载波。The subcarrier numbered 2 occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in each RB.
  28. 根据权利要求22-27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一个:The apparatus according to any one of claims 22-27, wherein the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the first field The two fields are used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度;The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is determined according to the first field Or it is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, X takes the value of 2 or 4;
    所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;The location relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is determined according to the second field Or it is determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4.
  30. 根据权利要求21-29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 21-29, wherein the device further comprises:
    发送高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。Sending high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  31. 一种用于数据传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合,剩余时频资源集合用于映射第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据,所述剩余时频资源集合为预设的时频资源集合中除所述第一时频资源集合和所述至少一个第二时频资源集合,The processing unit is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set, the remaining time-frequency resource set is used to map the first data and the at least one second data, and the remaining time-frequency resource set is Dividing the first time-frequency resource set and the at least one second time-frequency resource set from the preset time-frequency resource set,
    其中,所述第一时频资源集合用于承载第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS,所述至少一个第二时频资源集合分别用于承载至少一个第二PTRS,其中,所述第一PTRS用于解调所述第一数据,所述至少一个第二PTRS分别用于解调所述至少一个第二数据;Wherein, the first time-frequency resource set is used to carry a first phase tracking reference signal PTRS, the at least one second time-frequency resource set is used to carry at least one second PTRS, and the first PTRS is used to Demodulate the first data, and the at least one second PTRS is used to demodulate the at least one second data;
    接收单元,用于接收所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据。The receiving unit is configured to receive the first data and the at least one second data.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收第一下 行控制信息DCI和至少一个第二DCI,其中,所述至少一个第二DCI分别用于调度所述至少一个第二数据,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一数据。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive first downlink control information DCI and at least one second DCI, wherein the at least one second DCI is used to schedule the The at least one second data, and the first DCI is used to schedule the first data.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元确定第一时频资源集合和所述第二码字对应的第二时频资源集合包括:The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the processing unit determining the first time-frequency resource set and the second time-frequency resource set corresponding to the second codeword comprises:
    所述处理单元根据预配置信息确定所述第一时频资源集合,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度根据第一调制编码方式MCS确定,所述第一MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The processing unit determines the first time-frequency resource set according to pre-configuration information, wherein the time-domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to a first modulation and coding scheme MCS, and the first MCS is the preset As indicated by the configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度根据第一资源块RB数量确定,其中,所述第一RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;The frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is determined according to the number of first resource block RBs, where the first number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set includes:
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;The pre-configuration information indicates subcarriers occupied by the first time-frequency resource set in one RB;
    或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合关联的解调参考信号DMRS端口号;Alternatively, the pre-configuration information indicates a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第一时频资源集合的时域起始位置为第一时域起始位置,其中,所述第一时域起始位置不晚于所述第一数据和所述第二数据的时域起始位置;The preconfiguration information indicates that the time domain start position of the first time-frequency resource set is a first time domain start position, wherein the first time domain start position is no later than the first data and The time domain start position of the second data;
    所述处理单元根据所述预配置信息确定第二时频资源集合,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度根据第二MCS确定,所述第二MCS为所述预配置信息指示的;The processing unit determines a second time-frequency resource set according to the pre-configuration information, where the time-domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second MCS, and the second MCS indicates the pre-configuration information of;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the time-domain density size of the second time-frequency resource set;
    所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度根据第二RB数量确定,其中,所述第二RB数量为所述预配置信息指示的;The frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined according to a second number of RBs, where the second number of RBs is indicated by the pre-configuration information;
    或者,所述预配置信息直接指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度大小;Or, the pre-configuration information directly indicates the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合在一个RB内占用的子载波;The pre-configuration information indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set includes: the pre-configuration information indicating the subcarriers occupied by the second time-frequency resource set in one RB;
    或者,所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号,其中,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口与所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组;Alternatively, the pre-configuration information indicates the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set, where the DMRS port associated with the second time-frequency resource set and the DMRS port associated with the first time-frequency resource set belong to Different CDM groups;
    所述预配置信息指示所述第二时频资源集合的时域起始位置为所述第一时域起始位置。The pre-configuration information indicates that the time domain start position of the second time-frequency resource set is the first time domain start position.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示所述第二时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the second time-frequency resource set comprises:
    所述处理单元根据所述第一DCI确定所述第一数据的第一解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The processing unit determines the first demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the first data according to the first DCI;
    若述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset one of the odd-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第一类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the first DMRS is of the first type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1003,或者,If the first DMRS is of the second type, and the first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1003, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;若所述第一DMRS为第二类型,且所述第一DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第二时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the sub-carriers except those numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB; if the first DMRS is of the second type, and The first DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, and the DMRS port number associated with the second time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The second time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the second time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The second time-frequency resource set occupies the subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第二时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The second set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示所述第一时频资源集合的频域位置包括:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the indicating the frequency domain position of the first time-frequency resource set comprises:
    所述处理单元根据所述第二DCI确定第二数据对应的第二解调参考信号DMRS端口号;The processing unit determines the second demodulation reference signal DMRS port number corresponding to the second data according to the second DCI;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为奇数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first time-frequency resource set occupies a preset subcarrier among the odd-numbered subcarriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第一类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002和1003中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1000,或者,If the second DMRS is of the first type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of the port numbers 1002 and 1003, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1000, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为偶数的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset one of the even-numbered sub-carriers in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1000和1001中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1004,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1000 and 1001, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1004, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用除编号为0、1、6、7之外的子载波中预设的一个子载波;The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a preset subcarrier among subcarriers numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB;
    若所述第二DMRS为第二类型,且所述第二DMRS端口号包括端口号1002、1003、1004以及1005中的至少一个,所述第一时频资源集合关联的DMRS端口号为1002,或者,If the second DMRS is of the second type, and the second DMRS port number includes at least one of port numbers 1002, 1003, 1004, and 1005, the DMRS port number associated with the first time-frequency resource set is 1002, or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0、1、6、7中预设的一个子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies one preset subcarrier numbered 0, 1, 6, and 7 in each RB.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号0的子载波;或者,The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein the first time-frequency resource set occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为1的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 1 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为0的子载波;或者,The first set of time-frequency resources occupies a subcarrier numbered 0 in each RB; or,
    所述第一时频资源集合在每个RB内占用编号为2的子载波。The first set of time-frequency resources occupies the subcarrier numbered 2 in each RB.
  38. 根据权利要求32-37中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中包括第一字段,所述第二DCI中包括第二字段,所述第一字段或所述第二字段用于指示所述第一数据和所述第二数据分别占用的时频资源集合的位置关系,所述位置关系包括如下至少一 个:The apparatus according to any one of claims 32-37, wherein the first DCI includes a first field, the second DCI includes a second field, and the first field or the first field The two fields are used to indicate the position relationship of the time-frequency resource set occupied by the first data and the second data respectively, and the position relationship includes at least one of the following:
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠;The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap;
    第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源不重叠。The time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data respectively do not overlap.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述位置关系用于确定所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度;The device according to claim 38, wherein the position relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第一DCI中的频域资源指示信息;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is based on frequency domain resource indication information in the first DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度等于X,所述X根据所述第一字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,X取值为2或者4;和/或,If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is equal to X, and the X is determined according to the first field Or it is determined according to high-level configuration parameters, X takes the value of 2 or 4;
    所述位置关系用于确定所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度;The location relationship is used to determine the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源完全重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度,其中,所述第二时频资源集合的频域密度基于所述第二DCI中的频域资源指示信息确定;If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources respectively occupied by the first data and the second data completely overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set , Wherein the frequency domain density of the second time-frequency resource set is determined based on frequency domain resource indication information in the second DCI;
    若所述第一数据和第二数据分别占用的时域资源和/或频域资源部分重叠,所述第一时频资源集合的频域密度等于Y,所述Y根据所述第二字段确定或者根据高层配置参数确定,Y取值为2或者4。If the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by the first data and the second data partially overlap, the frequency domain density of the first time-frequency resource set is equal to Y, and the Y is determined according to the second field Or it is determined according to the high-level configuration parameters, and the value of Y is 2 or 4.
  40. 根据权利要求31-39中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 31-39, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收高层信令,其中,所述高层信令用于指示所述第一时频资源集合和至少一个第二时频资源集合。Receiving high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the first time-frequency resource set and at least one second time-frequency resource set.
  41. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序;A memory, which is used to store a computer program;
    收发器,所述收发器用于执行收发步骤;Transceiver, the transceiver is used to perform transceiving steps;
    处理器,所述处理器用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,使得所述通信设备执行权利要求1-20中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括:所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序;所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1-20中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising: the computer-readable medium stores a computer program; when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-20 method.
  43. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A communication system, characterized in that it comprises:
    权利要求21-30中任一项所述用于数据传输的装置和权利要求31-40中任一项所述用于数据传输的装置。The device for data transmission according to any one of claims 21-30 and the device for data transmission according to any one of claims 31-40.
PCT/CN2020/084868 2019-04-16 2020-04-15 Method and apparatus for data transmission WO2020211767A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910305552.6 2019-04-16
CN201910305552.6A CN111836368A (en) 2019-04-16 2019-04-16 Method and device for data transmission

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020211767A1 true WO2020211767A1 (en) 2020-10-22

Family

ID=72838045

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/084868 WO2020211767A1 (en) 2019-04-16 2020-04-15 Method and apparatus for data transmission

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111836368A (en)
WO (1) WO2020211767A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114557012A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-05-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information reporting method, information receiving method, device, equipment and storage medium

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023050243A1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Zte Corporation Configuration of resource elements in demodulation reference signals for channel estimation and data transmission
WO2024016120A1 (en) * 2022-07-18 2024-01-25 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Solutions and signaling to enable cell-free multiple input multiple output transmission

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108112079A (en) * 2017-06-23 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Configure transmission, configuration, method of reseptance and the device of resource
WO2018203695A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for phase tracking reference signal in a wireless communication system
US20180368013A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for allocating ptrs in next generation communication system
CN109391449A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 It is used for transmission the method and communication device of reference signal

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108631987B (en) * 2017-03-24 2022-05-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for processing reference signal
CN108632005B (en) * 2017-03-24 2023-12-15 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal transmission method, device and system
CN109217992B (en) * 2017-06-29 2022-02-11 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Transmission method of phase tracking reference signal, communication equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018203695A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for phase tracking reference signal in a wireless communication system
US20180368013A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for allocating ptrs in next generation communication system
CN108112079A (en) * 2017-06-23 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Configure transmission, configuration, method of reseptance and the device of resource
CN109391449A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 It is used for transmission the method and communication device of reference signal

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA ET AL.: "On the PTRS design for NR", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 NR AD-HOC MEETING R1-1701105, 20 January 2017 (2017-01-20), XP051208619, DOI: 20200628164929A *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114557012A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-05-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information reporting method, information receiving method, device, equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111836368A (en) 2020-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI719274B (en) Systems and methods to select or transmitting frequency domain patterns for phase tracking reference signals
US11239970B2 (en) Reference signal sending method, reference signal receiving method, and communications apparatus
US11838158B2 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring demodulation reference signal position in wireless cellular communication system
EP3410772B1 (en) Base station, terminal, and communication method
CN108347778B (en) Communication method and device
JP5755800B2 (en) Signal transmission / reception method and system and related signaling method
EP2774310B1 (en) Network node, user equipment and methods therein
TW202002691A (en) Method of wireless communication of user equipment and apparatus and computer-readable medium
CN103250455B (en) Base station apparatus, mobile terminal apparatus and communication control method
US11329761B2 (en) Base station apparatus, terminal apparatus, and communication method
US9204400B2 (en) Method and device for resource configuration
CN112204896B (en) Transmission of aggregated slots via multiple beamformed channels
JP2017510159A (en) System and method utilizing an efficient TBS table design for 256QAM in a cellular communication network
WO2020211767A1 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission
CN108476094A (en) Narrowband ACK/NACK is transmitted
JP2014096777A (en) Wireless communication method, wireless communication system, wireless base station, and user terminal
US10932208B2 (en) Power configuration method and device
CN110741706A (en) Apparatus and method for transmitting downlink control channel in wireless communication system
TWI696370B (en) Method for interleaving encoded bits and wireless equipment
CN114828252A (en) Method and device for multi-transmission point data transmission
JP7168654B2 (en) NPRACH with improved reliability performance
WO2021166440A1 (en) Terminal and communication method
EP4187830A1 (en) Methods for sending and receiving phase tracking reference signal, and communication device
TW201832584A (en) Mask for reference signal measurements
CN114826524B (en) HARQ-ACK resource determining method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20792219

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20792219

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1